Entire 40 CFR 280 (PDF)

W
Document Sample
scope of work template
							                                § 279.82                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                the requirements of parts 257 and 258 of                         Subpart D—Release Detection
                                this chapter.
                                                                                          280.40 General requirements for all UST sys-
                                                                                              tems.
                                § 279.82     Use as a dust suppressant.
                                                                                          280.41 Requirements for petroleum UST sys-
                                  (a) The use of used oil as a dust sup-                      tems.
                                pressant is prohibited, except when                       280.42 Requirements for hazardous sub-
                                such activity takes place in one of the                       stance UST systems.
                                                                                          280.43 Methods of release detection for
                                states listed in paragraph (c) of this                        tanks.
                                section.                                                  280.44 Methods of release detection for pip-
                                  (b) A State may petition (e.g., as part                     ing.
                                of its authorization petition submitted                   280.45 Release detection recordkeeping.
                                to EPA under § 271.5 of this chapter or
                                by a separate submission) EPA to allow                           Subpart E—Release Reporting,
                                the use of used oil (that is not mixed                          Investigation, and Confirmation
                                with hazardous waste and does not ex-                     280.50 Reporting of suspected releases.
                                hibit a characteristic other than ignit-                  280.51 Investigation due to off-site impacts.
                                ability) as a dust suppressant. The                       280.52 Release investigation and confirma-
                                State must show that it has a program                         tion steps.
                                in place to prevent the use of used oil/                  280.53 Reporting and cleanup of spills and
                                                                                              overfills.
                                hazardous waste mixtures or used oil
                                exhibiting a characteristic other than                    Subpart F—Release Response and Correc-
                                ignitability as a dust suppressant. In                       tive Action for UST Systems Containing
                                addition, such programs must mini-                           Petroleum or Hazardous Substances
                                mize the impacts of use as a dust sup-
                                pressant on the environment.                              280.60 General.
                                                                                          280.61 Initial response.
                                  (c) List of States. [Reserved]                          280.62 Initial abatement measures and site
                                                                                              check.
                                PART 280—TECHNICAL STANDARDS                              280.63 Initial site characterization.
                                  AND CORRECTIVE ACTION RE-                               280.64 Free product removal.
                                                                                          280.65 Investigations for soil and ground-
                                  QUIREMENTS FOR OWNERS AND                                   water cleanup.
                                  OPERATORS OF UNDERGROUND                                280.66 Corrective action plan.
                                  STORAGE TANKS (UST)                                     280.67 Public participation.

                                                                                            Subpart G—Out-of-Service UST Systems
                                 Subpart A—Program Scope and Interim
                                                                                                       and Closure
                                              Prohibition
                                                                                          280.70 Temporary closure.
                                Sec.                                                      280.71 Permanent closure and changes-in-
                                280.10 Applicability.                                         service.
                                280.11 Interim prohibition for deferred UST               280.72 Assessing the site at closure or
                                    systems.                                                  change-in-service.
                                280.12 Definitions.                                       280.73 Applicability to previously closed
                                                                                              UST systems.
                                    Subpart B—UST Systems: Design,                        280.74 Closure records.
                                 Construction, Installation and Notification
                                                                                              Subpart H—Financial Responsibility
                                280.20 Performance standards for new UST
                                    systems.                                              280.90    Applicability.
                                280.21 Upgrading of existing UST systems.                 280.91    Compliance dates.
                                                                                          280.92    Definition of terms.
                                280.22 Notification requirements.
                                                                                          280.93    Amount and scope of required fi-
                                                                                              nancial responsibility.
                                       Subpart C—General Operating                        280.94    Allowable mechanisms and com-
                                               Requirements                                   binations of mechanisms.
                                                                                          280.95    Financial test of self-insurance.
                                280.30 Spill and overfill control.                        280.96    Guarantee.
                                280.31 Operation and maintenance of corro-                280.97    Insurance and risk retention group
                                    sion protection.                                          coverage.
                                280.32 Compatibility.                                     280.98    Surety bond.
                                280.33 Repairs allowed.                                   280.99    Letter of credit.
                                280.34 Reporting and recordkeeping.                       280.100 Use of state-required mechanism.

                                                                                     464



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00474   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.11
                                280.101 State fund or other state assurance.                (1) Any UST system holding haz-
                                280.102 Trust fund.                                       ardous wastes listed or identified under
                                280.103 Standby trust fund.                               Subtitle C of the Solid Waste Disposal
                                280.104 Local government bond rating test.                Act, or a mixture of such hazardous
                                280.105 Local government financial test.
                                                                                          waste and other regulated substances.
                                280.106 Local government guarantee.
                                280.107 Local government fund.
                                                                                            (2) Any wastewater treatment tank
                                280.108 Substitution of financial assurance               system that is part of a wastewater
                                    mechanisms by owner or operator.                      treatment facility regulated under sec-
                                280.109 Cancellation or nonrenewal by a pro-              tion 402 or 307(b) of the Clean Water
                                    vider of financial assurance.                         Act.
                                280.110 Reporting by owner or operator.                     (3) Equipment or machinery that
                                280.111 Recordkeeping.                                    contains regulated substances for oper-
                                280.112 Drawing on financial assurance                    ational purposes such as hydraulic lift
                                    mechanisms.                                           tanks and electrical equipment tanks.
                                280.113 Release from the requirements.                      (4) Any UST system whose capacity
                                280.114 Bankruptcy or other incapacity of
                                    owner or operator or provider of finan-
                                                                                          is 110 gallons or less.
                                    cial assurance.                                         (5) Any UST system that contains a
                                280.115 Replenishment of guarantees, letters              de minimis concentration of regulated
                                    of credit, or surety bonds.                           substances.
                                280.116 Suspension of enforcement. [Re-                     (6) Any emergency spill or overflow
                                    served]                                               containment UST system that is expe-
                                                                                          ditiously emptied after use.
                                           Subpart I—Lender Liability                       (c) Deferrals. Subparts B, C, D, E, and
                                280.200 Definitions.                                      G do not apply to any of the following
                                280.210 Participation in management.                      types of UST systems:
                                280.220 Ownership of an underground stor-                   (1) Wastewater treatment tank sys-
                                    age tank or underground storage tank                  tems;
                                    system or facility or property on which                 (2) Any UST systems containing ra-
                                    an underground storage tank or under-                 dioactive material that are regulated
                                    ground storage tank system is located.                under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954
                                280.230 Operating an underground storage
                                                                                          (42 U.S.C. 2011 and following);
                                    tank or underground storage tank sys-
                                    tem.                                                    (3) Any UST system that is part of an
                                                                                          emergency generator system at nuclear
                                APPENDIX I TO PART 280—NOTIFICATION FOR
                                    UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS (FORM)                      power generation facilities regulated
                                APPENDIX II TO PART 280—LIST OF AGENCIES                  by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission
                                    DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE NOTIFICATIONS                   under 10 CFR part 50, appendix A;
                                APPENDIX III TO PART 280—STATEMENT FOR                      (4) Airport hydrant fuel distribution
                                    SHIPPING TICKETS AND INVOICES                         systems; and
                                  AUTHORITY: 42 U.S.C. 6912, 6991, 6991a, 6991b,            (5) UST systems with field-con-
                                6991c, 6991d, 6991e, 6991f, 6991g, 6991h.                 structed tanks.
                                                                                            (d) Deferrals. Subpart D does not
                                  SOURCE: 53 FR 37194, Sept. 23, 1988, unless
                                                                                          apply to any UST system that stores
                                otherwise noted.
                                                                                          fuel solely for use by emergency power
                                                                                          generators.
                                  Subpart A—Program Scope and
                                        Interim Prohibition                               § 280.11 Interim prohibition for de-
                                                                                               ferred UST systems.
                                § 280.10     Applicability.                                  (a) No person may install an UST
                                  (a) The requirements of this part                       system listed in § 280.10(c) for the pur-
                                apply to all owners and operators of an                   pose of storing regulated substances
                                UST system as defined in § 280.12 except                  unless the UST system (whether of
                                as otherwise provided in paragraphs                       single- or double-wall construction):
                                (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Any                       (1) Will prevent releases due to corro-
                                UST system listed in paragraph (c) of                     sion or structural failure for the oper-
                                this section must meet the require-                       ational life of the UST system;
                                ments of § 280.11.                                           (2) Is cathodically protected against
                                  (b) The following UST systems are                       corrosion, constructed of noncorrodible
                                excluded from the requirements of this                    material, steel clad with a noncorrod-
                                part:                                                     ible material, or designed in a manner

                                                                                     465



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00475   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.12                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                to prevent the release or threatened re-                  ther galvanic anodes or impressed cur-
                                lease of any stored substance; and                        rent.
                                  (3) Is constructed or lined with mate-                    Cathodic protection tester means a per-
                                rial that is compatible with the stored                   son who can demonstrate an under-
                                substance.                                                standing of the principles and measure-
                                  (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of                    ments of all common types of cathodic
                                this section, an UST system without                       protection systems as applied to buried
                                corrosion protection may be installed                     or submerged metal piping and tank
                                at a site that is determined by a corro-                  systems. At a minimum, such persons
                                sion expert not to be corrosive enough                    must have education and experience in
                                to cause it to have a release due to cor-                 soil resistivity, stray current, struc-
                                rosion during its operating life. Owners                  ture-to-soil potential, and component
                                and operators must maintain records                       electrical isolation measurements of
                                that demonstrate compliance with the                      buried metal piping and tank systems.
                                requirements of this paragraph for the                      CERCLA means the Comprehensive
                                remaining life of the tank.                               Environmental Response, Compensa-
                                  NOTE: The National Association of Corro-                tion, and Liability Act of 1980, as
                                sion Engineers Standard RP–02–85, ‘‘Control               amended.
                                of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried,                   Compatible means the ability of two
                                Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Stor-               or more substances to maintain their
                                age Systems,’’ may be used as guidance for                respective physical and chemical prop-
                                complying with paragraph (b) of this section.             erties upon contact with one another
                                                                                          for the design life of the tank system
                                § 280.12     Definitions.
                                                                                          under conditions likely to be encoun-
                                  Aboveground release means any re-                       tered in the UST.
                                lease to the surface of the land or to                      Connected piping means all under-
                                surface water. This includes, but is not                  ground piping including valves, elbows,
                                limited to, releases from the above-                      joints, flanges, and flexible connectors
                                ground portion of an UST system and                       attached to a tank system through
                                aboveground releases associated with                      which regulated substances flow. For
                                overfills and transfer operations as the                  the purpose of determining how much
                                regulated substance moves to or from                      piping is connected to any individual
                                an UST system.                                            UST system, the piping that joins two
                                  Ancillary equipment means any de-                       UST systems should be allocated equal-
                                vices including, but not limited to,                      ly between them.
                                such devices as piping, fittings, flanges,                  Consumptive use with respect to heat-
                                valves, and pumps used to distribute,                     ing oil means consumed on the prem-
                                meter, or control the flow of regulated                   ises.
                                substances to and from an UST.                              Corrosion expert means a person who,
                                  Belowground release means any re-                       by reason of thorough knowledge of the
                                lease to the subsurface of the land and                   physical sciences and the principles of
                                to ground water. This includes, but is                    engineering and mathematics acquired
                                not limited to, releases from the below-                  by a professional education and related
                                ground portions of an underground                         practical experience, is qualified to en-
                                storage tank system and belowground                       gage in the practice of corrosion con-
                                releases associated with overfills and                    trol on buried or submerged metal pip-
                                transfer operations as the regulated                      ing systems and metal tanks. Such a
                                substance moves to or from an under-                      person must be accredited or certified
                                ground storage tank.                                      as being qualified by the National As-
                                  Beneath the surface of the ground                       sociation of Corrosion Engineers or be
                                means beneath the ground surface or                       a registered professional engineer who
                                otherwise covered with earthen mate-                      has certification or licensing that in-
                                rials.                                                    cludes education and experience in cor-
                                  Cathodic protection is a technique to                   rosion control of buried or submerged
                                prevent corrosion of a metal surface by                   metal piping systems and metal tanks.
                                making that surface the cathode of an                       Dielectric material means a material
                                electrochemical cell. For example, a                      that does not conduct direct electrical
                                tank system can be cathodically pro-                      current. Dielectric coatings are used to
                                tected through the application of ei-                     electrically isolate UST systems from

                                                                                     466



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00476   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.12

                                the surrounding soils. Dielectric bush-                   phase liquid (e.g., liquid not dissolved
                                ings are used to electrically isolate                     in water.)
                                portions of the UST system (e.g., tank                      Gathering lines means any pipeline,
                                from piping).                                             equipment, facility, or building used in
                                   Electrical equipment means under-                      the transportation of oil or gas during
                                ground equipment that contains dielec-                    oil or gas production or gathering oper-
                                tric fluid that is necessary for the oper-                ations.
                                ation of equipment such as trans-                           Hazardous substance UST system
                                formers and buried electrical cable.                      means an underground storage tank
                                   Excavation zone means the volume                       system that contains a hazardous sub-
                                containing the tank system and back-                      stance defined in section 101(14) of the
                                fill material bounded by the ground                       Comprehensive       Environmental     Re-
                                surface, walls, and floor of the pit and                  sponse, Compensation and Liability
                                trenches into which the UST system is                     Act of 1980 (but not including any sub-
                                placed at the time of installation.                       stance regulated as a hazardous waste
                                   Existing tank system means a tank                      under subtitle C) or any mixture of
                                system used to contain an accumula-                       such substances and petroleum, and
                                tion of regulated substances or for                       which is not a petroleum UST system.
                                which installation has commenced on                         Heating oil means petroleum that is
                                or before December 22, 1988. Installa-                    No. 1, No. 2, No. 4—light, No. 4—heavy,
                                tion is considered to have commenced                      No. 5—light, No. 5—heavy, and No. 6
                                if:                                                       technical grades of fuel oil; other resid-
                                   (a) The owner or operator has ob-                      ual fuel oils (including Navy Special
                                tained all federal, state, and local ap-                  Fuel Oil and Bunker C); and other fuels
                                provals or permits necessary to begin                     when used as substitutes for one of
                                physical construction of the site or in-                  these fuel oils. Heating oil is typically
                                stallation of the tank system; and if,                    used in the operation of heating equip-
                                   (b)(1) Either a continuous on-site                     ment, boilers, or furnaces.
                                physical construction or installation                       Hydraulic lift tank means a tank hold-
                                program has begun; or,                                    ing hydraulic fluid for a closed-loop
                                   (2) The owner or operator has entered                  mechanical system that uses com-
                                into contractual obligations—which                        pressed air or hydraulic fluid to oper-
                                cannot be cancelled or modified with-                     ate lifts, elevators, and other similar
                                out substantial loss—for physical con-                    devices.
                                struction at the site or installation of                    Implementing agency means EPA, or,
                                the tank system to be completed with-                     in the case of a state with a program
                                in a reasonable time.                                     approved under section 9004 (or pursu-
                                   Farm tank is a tank located on a                       ant to a memorandum of agreement
                                tract of land devoted to the production                   with EPA), the designated state or
                                of crops or raising animals, including                    local agency responsible for carrying
                                fish, and associated residences and im-                   out an approved UST program.
                                provements. A farm tank must be lo-                         Liquid trap means sumps, well cellars,
                                cated on the farm property. ‘‘Farm’’ in-                  and other traps used in association
                                cludes fish hatcheries, rangeland and                     with oil and gas production, gathering,
                                nurseries with growing operations.                        and extraction operations (including
                                   Flow-through process tank is a tank                    gas production plants), for the purpose
                                that forms an integral part of a produc-                  of collecting oil, water, and other liq-
                                tion process through which there is a                     uids. These liquid traps may tempo-
                                steady, variable, recurring, or inter-                    rarily collect liquids for subsequent
                                mittent flow of materials during the                      disposition or reinjection into a pro-
                                operation of the process. Flow-through                    duction or pipeline stream, or may col-
                                process tanks do not include tanks                        lect and separate liquids from a gas
                                used for the storage of materials prior                   stream.
                                to their introduction into the produc-                      Maintenance means the normal oper-
                                tion process or for the storage of fin-                   ational upkeep to prevent an under-
                                ished products or by-products from the                    ground storage tank system from re-
                                production process.                                       leasing product.
                                   Free product refers to a regulated sub-                  Motor fuel means petroleum or a pe-
                                stance that is present as a non-aqueous                   troleum-based substance that is motor

                                                                                     467



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00477   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.12                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                gasoline, aviation gasoline, No. 1 or No.                    Pipe or Piping means a hollow cyl-
                                2 diesel fuel, or any grade of gasohol,                   inder or tubular conduit that is con-
                                and is typically used in the operation                    structed of non-earthen materials.
                                of a motor engine.                                           Pipeline facilities (including gathering
                                  New tank system means a tank system                     lines) are new and existing pipe rights-
                                that will be used to contain an accu-                     of-way and any associated equipment,
                                mulation of regulated substances and                      facilities, or buildings.
                                for which installation has commenced                         Regulated substance means:
                                after December 22, 1988. (See also ‘‘Ex-                     (a) Any substance defined in section
                                isting Tank System.’’)                                    101(14) of the Comprehensive Environ-
                                                                                          mental Response, Compensation and
                                  Noncommercial purposes with respect
                                                                                          Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980 (but
                                to motor fuel means not for resale.
                                                                                          not including any substance regulated
                                  On the premises where stored with re-                   as a hazardous waste under subtitle C),
                                spect to heating oil means UST sys-                       and
                                tems located on the same property                            (b) Petroleum, including crude oil or
                                where the stored heating oil is used.                     any fraction thereof that is liquid at
                                  Operational life refers to the period                   standard conditions of temperature and
                                beginning when installation of the                        pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
                                tank system has commenced until the                       14.7 pounds per square inch absolute).
                                time the tank system is properly                          The term ‘‘regulated substance’’ in-
                                closed under Subpart G.                                   cludes but is not limited to petroleum
                                  Operator means any person in control                    and petroleum-based substances com-
                                of, or having responsibility for, the                     prised of a complex blend of hydro-
                                daily operation of the UST system.                        carbons derived from crude oil though
                                  Overfill release is a release that occurs               processes of separation, conversion, up-
                                when a tank is filled beyond its capac-                   grading, and finishing, such as motor
                                ity, resulting in a discharge of the reg-                 fuels, jet fuels, distillate fuel oils, re-
                                ulated substance to the environment.                      sidual fuel oils, lubricants, petroleum
                                  Owner means:                                            solvents, and used oils.
                                  (a) In the case of an UST system in                        Release means any spilling, leaking,
                                use on November 8, 1984, or brought                       emitting, discharging, escaping, leach-
                                into use after that date, any person                      ing or disposing from an UST into
                                who owns an UST system used for stor-                     ground water, surface water or sub-
                                age, use, or dispensing of regulated                      surface soils.
                                substances; and                                              Release detection means determining
                                  (b) In the case of any UST system in                    whether a release of a regulated sub-
                                use before November 8, 1984, but no                       stance has occurred from the UST sys-
                                longer in use on that date, any person                    tem into the environment or into the
                                who owned such UST immediately be-                        interstitial space between the UST sys-
                                fore the discontinuation of its use.                      tem and its secondary barrier or sec-
                                                                                          ondary containment around it.
                                  Person means an individual, trust,
                                                                                             Repair means to restore a tank or
                                firm, joint stock company, Federal                        UST system component that has
                                agency, corporation, state, munici-                       caused a release of product from the
                                pality, commission, political subdivi-                    UST system.
                                sion of a state, or any interstate body.                     Residential tank is a tank located on
                                ‘‘Person’’ also includes a consortium, a                  property used primarily for dwelling
                                joint venture, a commercial entity, and                   purposes.
                                the United States Government.                                SARA means the Superfund Amend-
                                  Petroleum UST system means an un-                       ments and Reauthorization Act of 1986.
                                derground storage tank system that                           Septic tank is a water-tight covered
                                contains petroleum or a mixture of pe-                    receptacle designed to receive or proc-
                                troleum with de minimis quantities of                     ess, through liquid separation or bio-
                                other regulated substances. Such sys-                     logical digestion, the sewage dis-
                                tems include those containing motor                       charged from a building sewer. The ef-
                                fuels, jet fuels, distillate fuel oils, re-               fluent from such receptacle is distrib-
                                sidual fuel oils, lubricants, petroleum                   uted for disposal through the soil and
                                solvents, and used oils.                                  settled solids and scum from the tank

                                                                                     468



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00478   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.20

                                are pumped out periodically and hauled                      (2) The Hazardous Liquid Pipeline
                                to a treatment facility.                                  Safety Act of 1979 (49 U.S.C. App. 2001,
                                  Storm-water or wastewater collection                    et seq.), or
                                system means piping, pumps, conduits,                       (3) Which is an intrastate pipeline fa-
                                and any other equipment necessary to                      cility regulated under state laws com-
                                collect and transport the flow of sur-                    parable to the provisions of the law re-
                                face water run-off resulting from pre-                    ferred to in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of
                                cipitation, or domestic, commercial, or                   this definition;
                                industrial wastewater to and from re-                       (e) Surface impoundment, pit, pond,
                                tention areas or any areas where treat-                   or lagoon;
                                ment is designated to occur. The col-                       (f) Storm-water or wastewater collec-
                                lection of storm water and wastewater                     tion system;
                                does not include treatment except                           (g) Flow-through process tank;
                                where incidental to conveyance.                             (h) Liquid trap or associated gath-
                                  Surface impoundment is a natural                        ering lines directly related to oil or gas
                                topographic depression, man-made ex-                      production and gathering operations;
                                cavation, or diked area formed pri-                       or
                                                                                            (i) Storage tank situated in an under-
                                marily of earthen materials (although
                                                                                          ground area (such as a basement, cel-
                                it may be lined with man-made mate-
                                                                                          lar, mineworking, drift, shaft, or tun-
                                rials) that is not an injection well.
                                                                                          nel) if the storage tank is situated
                                  Tank is a stationary device designed                    upon or above the surface of the floor.
                                to contain an accumulation of regu-
                                lated substances and constructed of                       The term ‘‘underground storage tank’’
                                non-earthen materials (e.g., concrete,                    or ‘‘UST’’ does not include any pipes
                                steel, plastic) that provide structural                   connected to any tank which is de-
                                support.                                                  scribed in paragraphs (a) through (i) of
                                                                                          this definition.
                                  Underground area means an under-
                                                                                            Upgrade means the addition or ret-
                                ground room, such as a basement, cel-
                                                                                          rofit of some systems such as cathodic
                                lar, shaft or vault, providing enough                     protection, lining, or spill and overfill
                                space for physical inspection of the ex-                  controls to improve the ability of an
                                terior of the tank situated on or above                   underground storage tank system to
                                the surface of the floor.                                 prevent the release of product.
                                  Underground release means any below-                      UST system or Tank system means an
                                ground release.                                           underground storage tank, connected
                                  Underground storage tank or UST                         underground piping, underground an-
                                means any one or combination of tanks                     cillary equipment, and containment
                                (including underground pipes con-                         system, if any.
                                nected thereto) that is used to contain                     Wastewater treatment tank means a
                                an accumulation of regulated sub-                         tank that is designed to receive and
                                stances, and the volume of which (in-                     treat an influent wastewater through
                                cluding the volume of underground                         physical, chemical, or biological meth-
                                pipes connected thereto) is 10 percent                    ods.
                                or more beneath the surface of the
                                ground. This term does not include                        Subpart B—UST Systems: Design,
                                any:                                                         Construction, Installation and
                                  (a) Farm or residential tank of 1,100                      Notification
                                gallons or less capacity used for stor-
                                ing motor fuel for noncommercial pur-                     § 280.20 Performance standards for
                                poses;                                                         new UST systems.
                                  (b) Tank used for storing heating oil                      In order to prevent releases due to
                                for consumptive use on the premises                       structural failure, corrosion, or spills
                                where stored;                                             and overfills for as long as the UST
                                  (c) Septic tank;                                        system is used to store regulated sub-
                                  (d) Pipeline facility (including gath-                  stances, all owners and operators of
                                ering lines) regulated under:                             new UST systems must meet the fol-
                                  (1) The Natural Gas Pipeline Safety                     lowing requirements.
                                Act of 1968 (49 U.S.C. App. 1671, et seq.),                  (a) Tanks. Each tank must be prop-
                                or                                                        erly designed and constructed, and any

                                                                                     469



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00479   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.20                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                portion underground that routinely                        Standard 58, ‘‘Standard for Steel Under-
                                contains product must be protected                        ground Tanks for Flammable and Combus-
                                from corrosion, in accordance with a                      tible Liquids.’’
                                code of practice developed by a nation-                     (3) The tank is constructed of a steel-
                                ally recognized association or inde-                      fiberglass-reinforced-plastic composite;
                                pendent testing laboratory as specified                   or
                                                                                            NOTE: The following industry codes may be
                                below:
                                                                                          used to comply with paragraph (a)(3) of this
                                  (1) The tank is constructed of fiber-                   section: Underwriters Laboratories Standard
                                glass-reinforced plastic; or                              1746, ‘‘Corrosion Protection Systems for Un-
                                  NOTE: The following industry codes may be               derground Storage Tanks,’’ or the Associa-
                                used to comply with paragraph (a)(1) of this              tion for Composite Tanks ACT–100, ‘‘Speci-
                                section: Underwriters Laboratories Standard               fication for the Fabrication of FRP Clad Un-
                                1316, ‘‘Standard for Glass- Fiber-Reinforced              derground Storage Tanks.’’
                                Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for Pe-                    (4) The tank is constructed of metal
                                troleum Products’’; Underwriter’s Labora-                 without additional corrosion protec-
                                tories of Canada CAN4–S615–M83, ‘‘Standard
                                for Reinforced Plastic Underground Tanks
                                                                                          tion measures provided that:
                                for Petroleum Products’’; or American Soci-                  (i) The tank is installed at a site that
                                ety of Testing and Materials Standard D4021–              is determined by a corrosion expert not
                                86, ‘‘Standard Specification for Glass-Fiber-             to be corrosive enough to cause it to
                                Reinforced Polyester Underground Petro-                   have a release due to corrosion during
                                leum Storage Tanks.’’                                     its operating life; and
                                   (2) The tank is constructed of steel                      (ii) Owners and operators maintain
                                and cathodically protected in the fol-                    records that demonstrate compliance
                                lowing manner:                                            with the requirements of paragraphs
                                   (i) The tank is coated with a suitable                 (a)(4)(i) for the remaining life of the
                                dielectric material;                                      tank; or
                                   (ii) Field-installed cathodic protec-                     (5) The tank construction and corro-
                                tion systems are designed by a corro-                     sion protection are determined by the
                                sion expert;                                              implementing agency to be designed to
                                   (iii) Impressed current systems are                    prevent the release or threatened re-
                                designed to allow determination of cur-                   lease of any stored regulated substance
                                rent operating status as required in                      in a manner that is no less protective
                                § 280.31(c); and                                          of human health and the environment
                                   (iv) Cathodic protection systems are                   than paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of
                                operated and maintained in accordance                     this section.
                                with § 280.31 or according to guidelines                     (b) Piping. The piping that routinely
                                established by the implementing agen-                     contains regulated substances and is in
                                cy; or                                                    contact with the ground must be prop-
                                  NOTE: The following codes and standards                 erly designed, constructed, and pro-
                                may be used to comply with paragraph (a)(2)               tected from corrosion in accordance
                                of this section:                                          with a code of practice developed by a
                                  (A) Steel Tank Institute ‘‘Specification for
                                STI-P3 System of External Corrosion Protec-
                                                                                          nationally recognized association or
                                tion of Underground Steel Storage Tanks’’;                independent testing laboratory as spec-
                                  (B) Underwriters Laboratories Standard                  ified below:
                                1746, ‘‘Corrosion Protection Systems for Un-                 (1) The piping is constructed of fiber-
                                derground Storage Tanks’’;                                glass-reinforced plastic; or
                                  (C) Underwriters Laboratories of Canada                   NOTE: The following codes and standards
                                CAN4–S603–M85, ‘‘Standard for Steel Under-                may be used to comply with paragraph (b)(1)
                                ground Tanks for Flammable and Combus-                    of this section:
                                tible    Liquids,’’   and    CAN4–G03.1–M85,                (A) Underwriters Laboratories Subject 971,
                                ‘‘Standard for Galvanic Corrosion Protection              ‘‘UL Listed Non-Metal Pipe’’;
                                Systems for Underground Tanks for Flam-                     (B) Underwriters Laboratories Standard
                                mable and Combustible Liquids,’’ and CAN4–                567, ‘‘Pipe Connectors for Flammable and
                                S631–M84, ‘‘Isolating Bushings for Steel Un-              Combustible and LP Gas’’;
                                derground Tanks Protected with Coatings                     (C) Underwriters Laboratories of Canada
                                and Galvanic Systems’’; or                                Guide ULC–107, ‘‘Glass Fiber Reinforced
                                  (D) National Association of Corrosion En-               Plastic Pipe and Fittings for Flammable
                                gineers Standard RP–02–85, ‘‘Control of Ex-               Liquids’’; and
                                ternal Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Par-                   (D) Underwriters Laboratories of Canada
                                tially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage                Standard CAN 4–S633–M81, ‘‘Flexible Under-
                                Systems,’’ and Underwriters Laboratories                  ground Hose Connectors.’’

                                                                                     470



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00480   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.20

                                   (2) The piping is constructed of steel                 paragraphs (b) (1) through (3) of this
                                and cathodically protected in the fol-                    section.
                                lowing manner:                                              (c) Spill and overfill prevention equip-
                                   (i) The piping is coated with a suit-                  ment. (1) Except as provided in para-
                                able dielectric material;                                 graph (c)(2) of this section, to prevent
                                   (ii) Field-installed cathodic protec-                  spilling and overfilling associated with
                                tion systems are designed by a corro-                     product transfer to the UST system,
                                sion expert;                                              owners and operators must use the fol-
                                   (iii) Impressed current systems are                    lowing spill and overfill prevention
                                designed to allow determination of cur-                   equipment:
                                rent operating status as required in                        (i) Spill prevention equipment that
                                § 280.31(c); and                                          will prevent release of product to the
                                   (iv) Cathodic protection systems are                   environment when the transfer hose is
                                operated and maintained in accordance                     detached from the fill pipe (for exam-
                                with § 280.31 or guidelines established                   ple, a spill catchment basin); and
                                by the implementing agency; or                              (ii) Overfill prevention equipment
                                  NOTE: The following codes and standards                 that will:
                                may be used to comply with paragraph (b)(2)                 (A) Automatically shut off flow into
                                of this section:                                          the tank when the tank is no more
                                  (A) National Fire Protection Association
                                                                                          than 95 percent full; or
                                Standard 30, ‘‘Flammable and Combustible
                                Liquids Code’’;                                             (B) Alert the transfer operator when
                                  (B) American Petroleum Institute Publica-               the tank is no more than 90 percent
                                tion 1615, ‘‘Installation of Underground Pe-              full by restricting the flow into the
                                troleum Storage Systems’’;                                tank or triggering a high-level alarm;
                                  (C) American Petroleum Institute Publica-               or
                                tion 1632, ‘‘Cathodic Protection of Under-                  (C) Restrict flow 30 minutes prior to
                                ground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping                 overfilling, alert the operator with a
                                Systems’’; and
                                  (D) National Association of Corrosion En-
                                                                                          high level alarm one minute before
                                gineers Standard RP–01–69, ‘‘Control of Ex-               overfilling, or automatically shut off
                                ternal Corrosion on Submerged Metallic Pip-               flow into the tank so that none of the
                                ing Systems.’’                                            fittings located on top of the tank are
                                  (3) The piping is constructed of metal                  exposed to product due to overfilling.
                                without additional corrosion protec-                        (2) Owners and operators are not re-
                                tion measures provided that:                              quired to use the spill and overfill pre-
                                  (i) The piping is installed at a site                   vention equipment specified in para-
                                that is determined by a corrosion ex-                     graph (c)(1) of this section if:
                                pert to not be corrosive enough to                          (i) Alternative equipment is used
                                cause it to have a release due to corro-                  that is determined by the imple-
                                sion during its operating life; and                       menting agency to be no less protec-
                                  (ii) Owners and operators maintain                      tive of human health and the environ-
                                records that demonstrate compliance                       ment than the equipment specified in
                                with the requirements of paragraph                        paragraph (c)(1) (i) or (ii) of this sec-
                                (b)(3)(i) of this section for the remain-                 tion; or
                                ing life of the piping; or                                  (ii) The UST system is filled by
                                  NOTE: National Fire Protection Associa-                 transfers of no more than 25 gallons at
                                tion Standard 30, ‘‘Flammable and Combus-                 one time.
                                tible Liquids Code’’; and National Associa-                 (d) Installation. All tanks and piping
                                tion of Corrosion Engineers Standard RP–01–               must be properly installed in accord-
                                69, ‘‘Control of External Corrosion on Sub-               ance with a code of practice developed
                                merged Metallic Piping Systems,’’ may be
                                used to comply with paragraph (b)(3) of this
                                                                                          by a nationally recognized association
                                section.                                                  or independent testing laboratory and
                                  (4) The piping construction and cor-                    in accordance with the manufacturer’s
                                rosion protection are determined by                       instructions.
                                the implementing agency to be de-                           NOTE: Tank and piping system installation
                                                                                          practices and procedures described in the fol-
                                signed to prevent the release or threat-
                                                                                          lowing codes may be used to comply with the
                                ened release of any stored regulated                      requirements of paragraph (d) of this section:
                                substance in a manner that is no less                       (i) American Petroleum Institute Publica-
                                protective of human health and the en-                    tion 1615, ‘‘Installation of Underground Pe-
                                vironment than the requirements in                        troleum Storage System’’; or

                                                                                     471



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00481   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.21                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                  (ii) Petroleum Equipment Institute Publi-                  (b) Tank upgrading requirements. Steel
                                cation RP100, ‘‘Recommended Practices for                 tanks must be upgraded to meet one of
                                Installation of Underground Liquid Storage                the following requirements in accord-
                                Systems’’; or
                                                                                          ance with a code of practice developed
                                  (iii) American National Standards Insti-
                                tute Standard B31.3, ‘‘Petroleum Refinery                 by a nationally recognized association
                                Piping,’’ and American National Standards                 or independent testing laboratory:
                                Institute Standard B31.4 ‘‘Liquid Petroleum                  (1) Interior lining. A tank may be up-
                                Transportation Piping System.’’                           graded by internal lining if:
                                  (e) Certification of installation. All                     (i) The lining is installed in accord-
                                owners and operators must ensure that                     ance with the requirements of § 280.33,
                                one or more of the following methods                      and
                                of certification, testing, or inspection                     (ii) Within 10 years after lining, and
                                is used to demonstrate compliance                         every 5 years thereafter, the lined tank
                                with paragraph (d) of this section by                     is internally inspected and found to be
                                providing a certification of compliance                   structurally sound with the lining still
                                on the UST notification form in ac-                       performing in accordance with original
                                cordance with § 280.22.                                   design specifications.
                                  (1) The installer has been certified by                    (2) Cathodic protection. A tank may be
                                the tank and piping manufacturers; or                     upgraded by cathodic protection if the
                                  (2) The installer has been certified or                 cathodic protection system meets the
                                licensed by the implementing agency;                      requirements of § 280.20(a)(2) (ii), (iii),
                                or                                                        and (iv) and the integrity of the tank is
                                  (3) The installation has been in-                       ensured using one of the following
                                spected and certified by a registered                     methods:
                                professional engineer with education                         (i) The tank is internally inspected
                                and experience in UST system installa-                    and assessed to ensure that the tank is
                                tion; or                                                  structurally sound and free of corro-
                                  (4) The installation has been in-                       sion holes prior to installing the ca-
                                spected and approved by the imple-                        thodic protection system; or
                                menting agency; or                                           (ii) The tank has been installed for
                                  (5) All work listed in the manufactur-                  less than 10 years and is monitored
                                er’s installation checklists has been                     monthly for releases in accordance
                                completed; or                                             with § 280.43 (d) through (h); or
                                  (6) The owner and operator have com-                       (iii) The tank has been installed for
                                plied with another method for ensuring                    less than 10 years and is assessed for
                                compliance with paragraph (d) of this                     corrosion holes by conducting two (2)
                                section that is determined by the im-                     tightness tests that meet the require-
                                plementing agency to be no less protec-                   ments of § 280.43(c). The first tightness
                                tive of human health and the environ-                     test must be conducted prior to install-
                                ment.                                                     ing the cathodic protection system.
                                [53 FR 37194, Sept. 23, 1988, as amended at 56            The second tightness test must be con-
                                FR 38344, Aug. 13, 1991]                                  ducted between three (3) and six (6)
                                                                                          months following the first operation of
                                § 280.21 Upgrading           of    existing     UST       the cathodic protection system; or
                                    systems.                                                 (iv) The tank is assessed for corro-
                                  (a) Alternatives allowed. Not later                     sion holes by a method that is deter-
                                than December 22, 1998, all existing                      mined by the implementing agency to
                                UST systems must comply with one of                       prevent releases in a manner that is no
                                the following requirements:                               less protective of human health and
                                  (1) New UST system performance                          the environment than paragraphs (b)(2)
                                standards under § 280.20;                                 (i) through (iii) of this section.
                                  (2) The upgrading requirements in                          (3) Internal lining combined with ca-
                                paragraphs (b) through (d) of this sec-                   thodic protection. A tank may be up-
                                tion; or                                                  graded by both internal lining and ca-
                                  (3) Closure requirements under sub-                     thodic protection if:
                                part G of this part, including applica-                      (i) The lining is installed in accord-
                                ble requirements for corrective action                    ance with the requirements of § 280.33;
                                under subpart F.                                          and

                                                                                     472



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00482   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.22

                                   (ii) The cathodic protection system                    Waste Amendments of 1984, Pub. L. 98–616, on
                                meets the requirements of § 280.20(a)(2)                  a form published by EPA on November 8, 1985
                                (ii), (iii), and (iv).                                    (50 FR 46602) unless notice was given pursu-
                                                                                          ant to section 103(c) of CERCLA. Owners and
                                  NOTE: The following codes and standards
                                                                                          operators who have not complied with the
                                may be used to comply with this section:
                                                                                          notification requirements may use portions I
                                  (A) American Petroleum Institute Publica-
                                                                                          through VI of the notification form con-
                                tion 1631, ‘‘Recommended Practice for the In-
                                                                                          tained in appendix I of this part.
                                terior Lining of Existing Steel Underground
                                Storage Tanks’’;                                            (b) In states where state law, regula-
                                  (B) National Leak Prevention Association                tions, or procedures require owners to
                                Standard 631, ‘‘Spill Prevention, Minimum 10              use forms that differ from those set
                                Year Life Extension of Existing Steel Under-
                                ground Tanks by Lining Without the Addi-
                                                                                          forth in appendix I of this part to fulfill
                                tion of Cathodic Protection’’;                            the requirements of this section, the
                                  (C) National Association of Corrosion Engi-             state forms may be submitted in lieu of
                                neers Standard RP–02–85, ‘‘Control of Exter-              the forms set forth in Appendix I of
                                nal Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially               this part. If a state requires that its
                                Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Sys-                  form be used in lieu of the form pre-
                                tems’’; and                                               sented in this regulation, such form
                                  (D) American Petroleum Institute Publica-               must meet the requirements of section
                                tion 1632, ‘‘Cathodic Protection of Under-
                                ground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping                 9002.
                                Systems.’’                                                  (c) Owners required to submit notices
                                  (c) Piping upgrading requirements.                      under paragraph (a) of this section
                                Metal piping that routinely contains                      must provide notices to the appro-
                                regulated substances and is in contact                    priate agencies or departments identi-
                                with the ground must be cathodically                      fied in appendix II of this part for each
                                protected in accordance with a code of                    tank they own. Owners may provide
                                practice developed by a nationally rec-                   notice for several tanks using one noti-
                                ognized association or independent                        fication form, but owners who own
                                testing laboratory and must meet the                      tanks located at more than one place
                                requirements of § 280.20(b)(2) (ii), (iii),               of operation must file a separate notifi-
                                and (iv).                                                 cation form for each separate place of
                                  NOTE: The codes and standards listed in the             operation.
                                note following § 280.20(b)(2) may be used to                (d) Notices required to be submitted
                                comply with this requirement.                             under paragraph (a) of this section
                                   (d) Spill and overfill prevention equip-               must provide all of the information in
                                ment. To prevent spilling and over-                       sections I through VI of the prescribed
                                filling associated with product transfer                  form (or appropriate state form) for
                                to the UST system, all existing UST                       each tank for which notice must be
                                systems must comply with new UST                          given. Notices for tanks installed after
                                system spill and overfill prevention                      December 22, 1988 must also provide all
                                equipment requirements specified in                       of the information in section VII of the
                                § 280.20(c).                                              prescribed form (or appropriate state
                                                                                          form) for each tank for which notice
                                § 280.22 Notification requirements.                       must be given.
                                   (a) Any owner who brings an under-                       (e) All owners and operators of new
                                ground storage tank system into use                       UST systems must certify in the notifi-
                                after May 8, 1986, must within 30 days                    cation form compliance with the fol-
                                of bringing such tank into use, submit,                   lowing requirements:
                                in the form prescribed in appendix I of                     (1) Installation of tanks and piping
                                this part, a notice of existence of such                  under § 280.20(e);
                                tank system to the state or local agen-                     (2) Cathodic protection of steel tanks
                                cy or department designated in appen-                     and piping under § 280.20 (a) and (b);
                                dix II of this part to receive such no-                     (3) Financial responsibility under
                                tice.                                                     subpart H of this part; and
                                                                                            (4) Release detection under §§ 280.41
                                  NOTE: Owners and operators of UST sys-
                                tems that were in the ground on or after May
                                                                                          and 280.42.
                                8, 1986, unless taken out of operation on or                (f) All owners and operators of new
                                before January 1, 1974, were required to no-              UST systems must ensure that the in-
                                tify the designated state or local agency in              staller certifies in the notification
                                accordance with the Hazardous and Solid                   form that the methods used to install

                                                                                     473



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00483   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.30                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                the tanks and piping complies with the                    inspected for proper operation by a
                                requirements in § 280.20(d).                              qualified cathodic protection tester in
                                  (g) Beginning October 24, 1988, any                     accordance with the following require-
                                person who sells a tank intended to be                    ments:
                                used as an underground storage tank                         (1) Frequency. All cathodic protection
                                must notify the purchaser of such tank                    systems must be tested within 6
                                of the owner’s notification obligations                   months of installation and at least
                                under paragraph (a) of this section. The                  every 3 years thereafter or according to
                                form provided in appendix III of this                     another reasonable time frame estab-
                                part may be used to comply with this                      lished by the implementing agency;
                                requirement.                                              and
                                                                                            (2) Inspection criteria. The criteria
                                  Subpart C—General Operating                             that are used to determine that ca-
                                          Requirements                                    thodic protection is adequate as re-
                                                                                          quired by this section must be in ac-
                                § 280.30 Spill and overfill control.                      cordance with a code of practice devel-
                                   (a) Owners and operators must ensure                   oped by a nationally recognized asso-
                                that releases due to spilling or over-                    ciation.
                                filling do not occur. The owner and op-                     NOTE: National Association of Corrosion
                                                                                          Engineers Standard RP–02–85, ‘‘Control of
                                erator must ensure that the volume                        External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Par-
                                available in the tank is greater than                     tially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage
                                the volume of product to be transferred                   Systems,’’ may be used to comply with para-
                                to the tank before the transfer is made                   graph (b)(2) of this section.
                                and that the transfer operation is mon-                     (c) UST systems with impressed cur-
                                itored constantly to prevent overfilling                  rent cathodic protection systems must
                                and spilling.                                             also be inspected every 60 days to en-
                                  NOTE: The transfer procedures described in              sure the equipment is running prop-
                                National Fire Protection Association Publi-               erly.
                                cation 385 may be used to comply with para-                 (d) For UST systems using cathodic
                                graph (a) of this section. Further guidance               protection, records of the operation of
                                on spill and overfill prevention appears in
                                American Petroleum Institute Publication
                                                                                          the cathodic protection must be main-
                                1621, ‘‘Recommended Practice for Bulk Liq-                tained (in accordance with § 280.34) to
                                uid Stock Control at Retail Outlets,’’ and                demonstrate compliance with the per-
                                National Fire Protection Association Stand-               formance standards in this section.
                                ard 30, ‘‘Flammable and Combustible Liquids               These records must provide the fol-
                                Code.’’                                                   lowing:
                                   (b) The owner and operator must re-                      (1) The results of the last three in-
                                port, investigate, and clean up any                       spections required in paragraph (c) of
                                spills and overfills in accordance with                   this section; and
                                § 280.53.                                                   (2) The results of testing from the
                                                                                          last two inspections required in para-
                                § 280.31 Operation and maintenance of                     graph (b) of this section.
                                     corrosion protection.
                                   All owners and operators of steel                      § 280.32 Compatibility.
                                UST systems with corrosion protection                        Owners and operators must use an
                                must comply with the following re-                        UST system made of or lined with ma-
                                quirements to ensure that releases due                    terials that are compatible with the
                                to corrosion are prevented for as long                    substance stored in the UST system.
                                as the UST system is used to store reg-                     NOTE: Owners and operators storing alco-
                                ulated substances:                                        hol blends may use the following codes to
                                   (a) All corrosion protection systems                   comply with the requirements of this sec-
                                must be operated and maintained to                        tion:
                                continuously provide corrosion protec-                      (a) American Petroleum Institute Publica-
                                tion to the metal components of that                      tion 1626, ‘‘Storing and Handling Ethanol and
                                                                                          Gasoline-Ethanol Blends at Distribution Ter-
                                portion of the tank and piping that
                                                                                          minals and Service Stations’’; and
                                routinely contain regulated substances                      (b) American Petroleum Institute Publica-
                                and are in contact with the ground.                       tion 1627, ‘‘Storage and Handling of Gasoline-
                                   (b) All UST systems equipped with                      Methanol/Cosolvent Blends at Distribution
                                cathodic protection systems must be                       Terminals and Service Stations.’’

                                                                                     474



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00484   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.34

                                § 280.33     Repairs allowed.                             agency to be no less protective of
                                                                                          human health and the environment
                                  Owners and operators of UST sys-
                                                                                          than those listed above.
                                tems must ensure that repairs will pre-
                                                                                             (e) Within 6 months following the re-
                                vent releases due to structural failure
                                                                                          pair of any cathodically protected UST
                                or corrosion as long as the UST system
                                                                                          system, the cathodic protection system
                                is used to store regulated substances.
                                                                                          must be tested in accordance with
                                The repairs must meet the following
                                                                                          § 280.31 (b) and (c) to ensure that it is
                                requirements:
                                                                                          operating properly.
                                  (a) Repairs to UST systems must be
                                                                                             (f) UST system owners and operators
                                properly conducted in accordance with
                                                                                          must maintain records of each repair
                                a code of practice developed by a na-
                                                                                          for the remaining operating life of the
                                tionally recognized association or an
                                                                                          UST system that demonstrate compli-
                                independent testing laboratory.
                                                                                          ance with the requirements of this sec-
                                  NOTE: The following codes and standards
                                                                                          tion.
                                may be used to comply with paragraph (a) of
                                this section: National Fire Protection Asso-
                                                                                          § 280.34 Reporting and recordkeeping.
                                ciation Standard 30, ‘‘Flammable and Com-
                                bustible Liquids Code’’; American Petroleum                  Owners and operators of UST sys-
                                Institute Publication 2200, ‘‘Repairing Crude             tems must cooperate fully with inspec-
                                Oil, Liquified Petroleum Gas, and Product                 tions, monitoring and testing con-
                                Pipelines’’; American Petroleum Institute                 ducted by the implementing agency, as
                                Publication 1631, ‘‘Recommended Practice
                                                                                          well as requests for document submis-
                                for the Interior Lining of Existing Steel Un-
                                derground Storage Tanks’’; and National                   sion, testing, and monitoring by the
                                Leak Prevention Association Standard 631,                 owner or operator pursuant to section
                                ‘‘Spill Prevention, Minimum 10 Year Life Ex-              9005 of Subtitle I of the Resource Con-
                                tension of Existing Steel Underground Tanks               servation and Recovery Act, as amend-
                                by Lining Without the Addition of Cathodic                ed.
                                Protection.’’                                                (a) Reporting. Owners and operators
                                   (b) Repairs to fiberglass-reinforced                   must submit the following information
                                plastic tanks may be made by the man-                     to the implementing agency:
                                ufacturer’s authorized representatives                       (1) Notification for all UST systems
                                or in accordance with a code of prac-                     (§ 280.22), which includes certification
                                tice developed by a nationally recog-                     of installation for new UST systems
                                nized association or an independent                       (§ 280.20(e)),
                                testing laboratory.                                          (2) Reports of all releases including
                                   (c) Metal pipe sections and fittings                   suspected releases (§ 280.50), spills and
                                that have released product as a result                    overfills (§ 280.53), and confirmed re-
                                of corrosion or other damage must be                      leases (§ 280.61);
                                replaced. Fiberglass pipes and fittings                      (3) Corrective actions planned or
                                may be repaired in accordance with the                    taken including initial abatement
                                manufacturer’s specifications.                            measures (§ 280.62), initial site charac-
                                   (d) Repaired tanks and piping must                     terization (§ 280.63), free product re-
                                be tightness tested in accordance with                    moval (§ 280.64), investigation of soil
                                § 280.43(c) and § 280.44(b) within 30 days                and ground-water cleanup (§ 280.65), and
                                following the date of the completion of                   corrective action plan (§ 280.66); and
                                the repair except as provided in para-                       (4) A notification before permanent
                                graphs (d) (1) through (3), of this sec-                  closure or change-in-service (§ 280.71).
                                tion:                                                        (b) Recordkeeping. Owners and opera-
                                   (1) The repaired tank is internally in-                tors must maintain the following infor-
                                spected in accordance with a code of                      mation:
                                practice developed by a nationally rec-                      (1) A corrosion expert’s analysis of
                                ognized association or an independent                     site corrosion potential if corrosion
                                testing laboratory; or                                    protection equipment is not used
                                   (2) The repaired portion of the UST                    (§ 280.20(a)(4); § 280.20(b)(3)).
                                system is monitored monthly for re-                          (2) Documentation of operation of
                                leases in accordance with a method                        corrosion        protection       equipment
                                specified in § 280.43 (d) through (h); or                 (§ 280.31);
                                   (3) Another test method is used that                      (3) Documentation of UST system re-
                                is determined by the implementing                         pairs (§ 280.33(f));

                                                                                     475



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00485   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.40                                                                   40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                   (4) Recent compliance with release                         Method              Section       Date after which Pd/Pfa
                                                                                                                                must be demonstrated
                                detection requirements (§ 280.45); and
                                   (5) Results of the site investigation                  Manual Tank             280.43(b)   December 22, 1990.
                                conducted      at   permanent     closure                   Gauging.
                                (§ 280.74).                                               Tank Tightness          280.43(c)   December 22, 1990.
                                                                                            Testing.
                                   (c) Availability and Maintenance of                    Automatic Tank          280.43(d)   December 22, 1990.
                                Records. Owners and operators must                          Gauging.
                                keep the records required either:                         Automatic Line          280.44(a)   September 22, 1991.
                                                                                            Leak Detec-
                                   (1) At the UST site and immediately                      tors.
                                available for inspection by the imple-                    Line Tightness          280.44(b)   December 22, 1990.
                                menting agency; or                                          Testing.
                                   (2) At a readily available alternative
                                site and be provided for inspection to                       (b) When a release detection method
                                the implementing agency upon request.                     operated in accordance with the per-
                                   (3) In the case of permanent closure                   formance standards in § 280.43 and
                                records required under § 280.74, owners                   § 280.44 indicates a release may have oc-
                                and operators are also provided with                      curred, owners and operators must no-
                                the additional alternative of mailing                     tify the implementing agency in ac-
                                closure records to the implementing                       cordance with subpart E.
                                agency if they cannot be kept at the                         (c) Owners and operators of all UST
                                site or an alternative site as indicated                  systems must comply with the release
                                above.                                                    detection requirements of this subpart
                                                                                          by December 22 of the year listed in the
                                   Subpart D—Release Detection                            following table:

                                § 280.40 General requirements for all                           SCHEDULE FOR PHASE-IN OF RELEASE
                                    UST systems.                                                           DETECTION
                                  (a) Owners and operators of new and                                      Year when release detection is required (by
                                                                                          Year system
                                existing UST systems must provide a                                           December 22 of the year indicated)
                                                                                            was in-
                                method, or combination of methods, of                       stalled        1989       1990      1991     1992       1993
                                release detection that:
                                                                                          Before 1965     RD         P
                                  (1) Can detect a release from any por-                    or date
                                tion of the tank and the connected un-                      unknown.
                                derground piping that routinely con-                      1965–69 ....               P/RD
                                tains product;                                            1970–74 ....               P        RD
                                                                                          1975–79 ....               P                  RD
                                  (2) Is installed, calibrated, operated,                 1980–88 ....               P                             RD
                                and maintained in accordance with the
                                                                                          New tanks (after December 22) immediately upon installa-
                                manufacturer’s instructions, including                      tion.
                                routine    maintenance       and   service
                                                                                             P=Must begin release detection for all pressurized piping as
                                checks for operability or running con-                    defined in § 280.41(b)(1).
                                dition; and                                                  RD=Must begin release detection for tanks and suction pip-
                                                                                          ing in accordance with § 280.41(a), § 280.41(b)(2), and
                                  (3) Meets the performance require-                      § 280.42.
                                ments in § 280.43 or 280.44, with any per-
                                formance claims and their manner of                         (d) Any existing UST system that
                                determination described in writing by                     cannot apply a method of release de-
                                the equipment manufacturer or in-                         tection that complies with the require-
                                staller. In addition, methods used after                  ments of this subpart must complete
                                the date shown in the following table                     the closure procedures in subpart G by
                                corresponding with the specified meth-                    the date on which release detection is
                                od except for methods permanently in-                     required for that UST system under
                                stalled prior to that date, must be ca-                   paragraph (c) of this section.
                                pable of detecting the leak rate or
                                                                                          [53 FR 37194, Sept. 23, 1988, as amended at 55
                                quantity specified for that method in                     FR 17753, Apr. 27, 1990; 55 FR 23738, June 12,
                                the corresponding section of the rule                     1990; 56 FR 26, Jan. 2, 1991]
                                (also shown in the table) with a prob-
                                ability of detection (Pd) of 0.95 and a
                                probability of false alarm (Pfa) of 0.05.

                                                                                     476



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00486   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010      Y:\SGML\205166.XXX        205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.42

                                § 280.41 Requirements for petroleum                       signed and constructed to meet the fol-
                                    UST systems.                                          lowing standards:
                                   Owners and operators of petroleum                        (i) The below-grade piping operates
                                UST systems must provide release de-                      at less than atmospheric pressure;
                                                                                            (ii) The below-grade piping is sloped
                                tection for tanks and piping as follows:
                                                                                          so that the contents of the pipe will
                                   (a) Tanks. Tanks must be monitored
                                                                                          drain back into the storage tank if the
                                at least every 30 days for releases using                 suction is released;
                                one of the methods listed in § 280.43 (d)                   (iii) Only one check valve is included
                                through (h) except that:                                  in each suction line;
                                   (1) UST systems that meet the per-                       (iv) The check valve is located di-
                                formance standards in § 280.20 or                         rectly below and as close as practical
                                § 280.21, and the monthly inventory                       to the suction pump; and
                                control requirements in § 280.43 (a) or                     (v) A method is provided that allows
                                (b), may use tank tightness testing                       compliance with paragraphs (b)(2) (ii)–
                                (conducted        in   accordance     with                (iv) of this section to be readily deter-
                                § 280.43(c)) at least every 5 years until                 mined.
                                December 22, 1998, or until 10 years
                                after the tank is installed or upgraded                   § 280.42 Requirements for hazardous
                                under § 280.21(b), whichever is later;                          substance UST systems.
                                   (2) UST systems that do not meet the                      Owners and operators of hazardous
                                performance standards in § 280.20 or                      substance UST systems must provide
                                § 280.21 may use monthly inventory                        release detection that meets the fol-
                                controls (conducted in accordance with                    lowing requirements:
                                § 280.43(a) or (b)) and annual tank tight-                   (a) Release detection at existing UST
                                ness testing (conducted in accordance                     systems must meet the requirements
                                with § 280.43(c)) until December 22, 1998                 for petroleum UST systems in § 280.41.
                                when the tank must be upgraded under                      By December 22, 1998, all existing haz-
                                § 280.21 or permanently closed under                      ardous substance UST systems must
                                § 280.71; and                                             meet the release detection require-
                                   (3) Tanks with capacity of 550 gallons                 ments for new systems in paragraph (b)
                                or less may use weekly tank gauging                       of this section.
                                (conducted        in   accordance     with                   (b) Release detection at new haz-
                                § 280.43(b)).                                             ardous substance UST systems must
                                   (b) Piping. Underground piping that                    meet the following requirements:
                                routinely contains regulated sub-                            (1) Secondary containment systems
                                stances must be monitored for releases                    must be designed, constructed and in-
                                in a manner that meets one of the fol-                    stalled to:
                                lowing requirements:                                         (i) Contain regulated substances re-
                                   (1) Pressurized piping. Underground                    leased from the tank system until they
                                piping that conveys regulated sub-                        are detected and removed;
                                stances under pressure must:                                 (ii) Prevent the release of regulated
                                                                                          substances to the environment at any
                                   (i) Be equipped with an automatic
                                                                                          time during the operational life of the
                                line leak detector conducted in accord-
                                                                                          UST system; and
                                ance with § 280.44(a); and
                                                                                             (iii) Be checked for evidence of a re-
                                   (ii) Have an annual line tightness                     lease at least every 30 days.
                                test conducted in accordance with                           NOTE. The provisions of 40 CFR 265.193,
                                § 280.44(b) or have monthly monitoring                    Containment and Detection of Releases, may
                                conducted        in    accordance     with                be used to comply with these requirements.
                                § 280.44(c).                                                (2) Double-walled tanks must be de-
                                   (2) Suction piping. Underground piping                 signed, constructed, and installed to:
                                that conveys regulated substances                           (i) Contain a release from any por-
                                under suction must either have a line                     tion of the inner tank within the outer
                                tightness test conducted at least every                   wall; and
                                3 years and in accordance with                              (ii) Detect the failure of the inner
                                § 280.44(b), or use a monthly monitoring                  wall.
                                method conduct in accordance with                           (3) External liners (including vaults)
                                § 280.44(c). No release detection is re-                  must be designed, constructed, and in-
                                quired for suction piping that is de-                     stalled to:

                                                                                     477



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00487   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.43                                                                  40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                   (i) Contain 100 percent of the capac-                  ing in the tank are recorded each oper-
                                ity of the largest tank within its                        ating day;
                                boundary;                                                   (2) The equipment used is capable of
                                   (ii) Prevent the interference of pre-                  measuring the level of product over the
                                cipitation or ground-water intrusion                      full range of the tank’s height to the
                                with the ability to contain or detect a                   nearest one-eighth of an inch;
                                release of regulated substances; and                        (3) The regulated substance inputs
                                   (iii) Surround the tank completely                     are reconciled with delivery receipts by
                                (i.e., it is capable of preventing lateral                measurement of the tank inventory
                                as well as vertical migration of regu-                    volume before and after delivery;
                                lated substances).                                          (4) Deliveries are made through a
                                   (4) Underground piping must be                         drop tube that extends to within one
                                equipped with secondary containment                       foot of the tank bottom;
                                that satisfies the requirements of para-                    (5) Product dispensing is metered and
                                graph (b)(1) of this section (e.g., trench                recorded within the local standards for
                                liners, jacketing of double-walled pipe).                 meter calibration or an accuracy of 6
                                In addition, underground piping that                      cubic inches for every 5 gallons of prod-
                                conveys regulated substances under                        uct withdrawn; and
                                pressure must be equipped with an                           (6) The measurement of any water
                                automatic line leak detector in accord-                   level in the bottom of the tank is made
                                ance with § 280.44(a).                                    to the nearest one-eighth of an inch at
                                   (5) Other methods of release detec-                    least once a month.
                                tion may be used if owners and opera-                       NOTE: Practices described in the American
                                                                                          Petroleum Institute Publication 1621, ‘‘Rec-
                                tors:                                                     ommended Practice for Bulk Liquid Stock
                                   (i) Demonstrate to the implementing                    Control at Retail Outlets,’’ may be used,
                                agency that an alternate method can                       where applicable, as guidance in meeting the
                                detect a release of the stored substance                  requirements of this paragraph.
                                as effectively as any of the methods al-                    (b) Manual tank gauging. Manual
                                lowed in §§ 280.43(b) through (h) can de-                 tank gauging must meet the following
                                tect a release of petroleum;                              requirements:
                                   (ii) Provide information to the imple-                   (1) Tank liquid level measurements
                                menting agency on effective corrective                    are taken at the beginning and ending
                                action technologies, health risks, and                    of a period of at least 36 hours during
                                chemical and physical properties of the                   which no liquid is added to or removed
                                stored substance, and the characteris-                    from the tank;
                                tics of the UST site; and,                                  (2) Level measurements are based on
                                   (iii) Obtain approval from the imple-                  an average of two consecutive stick
                                menting agency to use the alternate                       readings at both the beginning and
                                release detection method before the in-                   ending of the period;
                                stallation and operation of the new                         (3) The equipment used is capable of
                                UST system.                                               measuring the level of product over the
                                                                                          full range of the tank’s height to the
                                § 280.43 Methods of release detection                     nearest one-eighth of an inch;
                                    for tanks.                                              (4) A leak is suspected and subject to
                                   Each method of release detection for                   the requirements of subpart E if the
                                tanks used to meet the requirements of                    variation between beginning and end-
                                § 280.41 must be conducted in accord-                     ing measurements exceeds the weekly
                                ance with the following:                                  or monthly standards in the following
                                                                                          table:
                                   (a) Inventory control. Product inven-
                                tory control (or another test of equiva-                    Nominal     Weekly standard (one             Monthly standard (av-
                                lent performance) must be conducted                       tank capac-           test)                     erage of four tests)
                                                                                               ity
                                monthly to detect a release of at least
                                1.0 percent of flow-through plus 130 gal-                 550 gallons   10 gallons ...................   5 gallons.
                                lons on a monthly basis in the fol-                         or less.
                                                                                          551–1,000     13 gallons ...................   7 gallons.
                                lowing manner:                                              gallons.
                                   (1) Inventory volume measurements                      1,001–        26 gallons ...................   13 gallons.
                                for regulated substance inputs, with-                       2,000
                                                                                            gallons.
                                drawals, and the amount still remain-

                                                                                     478



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00488   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010     Y:\SGML\205166.XXX               205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.43

                                  (5) Only tanks of 550 gallons or less                   interfere with the method used to de-
                                nominal capacity may use this as the                      tect releases from the tank;
                                sole method of release detection.                            (5) The vapor monitors are designed
                                Tanks of 551 to 2,000 gallons may use                     and operated to detect any significant
                                the method in place of manual inven-                      increase in concentration above back-
                                tory control in § 280.43(a). Tanks of                     ground of the regulated substance
                                greater than 2,000 gallons nominal ca-                    stored in the tank system, a compo-
                                pacity may not use this method to                         nent or components of that substance,
                                meet the requirements of this subpart.                    or a tracer compound placed in the
                                  (c) Tank tightness testing. Tank tight-                 tank system;
                                ness testing (or another test of equiva-                     (6) In the UST excavation zone, the
                                lent performance) must be capable of                      site is assessed to ensure compliance
                                detecting a 0.1 gallon per hour leak                      with the requirements in paragraphs
                                rate from any portion of the tank that                    (e) (1) through (4) of this section and to
                                routinely contains product while ac-                      establish the number and positioning
                                counting for the effects of thermal ex-                   of monitoring wells that will detect re-
                                pansion or contraction of the product,                    leases within the excavation zone from
                                vapor pockets, tank deformation, evap-                    any portion of the tank that routinely
                                oration or condensation, and the loca-                    contains product; and
                                tion of the water table.                                     (7) Monitoring wells are clearly
                                  (d) Automatic tank gauging. Equip-                      marked and secured to avoid unauthor-
                                ment for automatic tank gauging that                      ized access and tampering.
                                tests for the loss of product and con-                       (f) Ground-water monitoring. Testing
                                ducts inventory control must meet the                     or monitoring for liquids on the ground
                                following requirements:                                   water must meet the following require-
                                                                                          ments:
                                  (1) The automatic product level mon-
                                                                                             (1) The regulated substance stored is
                                itor test can detect a 0.2 gallon per
                                                                                          immiscible in water and has a specific
                                hour leak rate from any portion of the
                                                                                          gravity of less than one;
                                tank that routinely contains product;
                                                                                             (2) Ground water is never more than
                                and
                                                                                          20 feet from the ground surface and the
                                  (2) Inventory control (or another test
                                                                                          hydraulic conductivity of the soil(s)
                                of equivalent performance) is con-
                                                                                          between the UST system and the moni-
                                ducted in accordance with the require-
                                                                                          toring wells or devices is not less than
                                ments of § 280.43(a).
                                                                                          0.01 cm/sec (e.g., the soil should consist
                                  (e) Vapor monitoring. Testing or moni-                  of gravels, coarse to medium sands,
                                toring for vapors within the soil gas of                  coarse silts or other permeable mate-
                                the excavation zone must meet the fol-                    rials);
                                lowing requirements:                                         (3) The slotted portion of the moni-
                                  (1) The materials used as backfill are                  toring well casing must be designed to
                                sufficiently porous (e.g., gravel, sand,                  prevent migration of natural soils or
                                crushed rock) to readily allow diffusion                  filter pack into the well and to allow
                                of vapors from releases into the exca-                    entry of regulated substance on the
                                vation area;                                              water table into the well under both
                                  (2) The stored regulated substance, or                  high and low ground-water conditions;
                                a tracer compound placed in the tank                         (4) Monitoring wells shall be sealed
                                system, is sufficiently volatile (e.g.,                   from the ground surface to the top of
                                gasoline) to result in a vapor level that                 the filter pack;
                                is detectable by the monitoring devices                      (5) Monitoring wells or devices inter-
                                located in the excavation zone in the                     cept the excavation zone or are as close
                                event of a release from the tank;                         to it as is technically feasible;
                                  (3) The measurement of vapors by the                       (6) The continuous monitoring de-
                                monitoring device is not rendered inop-                   vices or manual methods used can de-
                                erative by the ground water, rainfall,                    tect the presence of at least one-eighth
                                or soil moisture or other known inter-                    of an inch of free product on top of the
                                ferences so that a release could go un-                   ground water in the monitoring wells;
                                detected for more than 30 days;                              (7) Within and immediately below the
                                  (4) The level of background contami-                    UST system excavation zone, the site
                                nation in the excavation zone will not                    is assessed to ensure compliance with

                                                                                     479



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00489   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.44                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                the requirements in paragraphs (f) (1)                      (v) The site is assessed to ensure that
                                through (5) of this section and to estab-                 the secondary barrier is always above
                                lish the number and positioning of                        the ground water and not in a 25-year
                                monitoring wells or devices that will                     flood plain, unless the barrier and mon-
                                detect releases from any portion of the                   itoring designs are for use under such
                                tank that routinely contains product;                     conditions; and,
                                and                                                         (vi) Monitoring wells are clearly
                                  (8) Monitoring wells are clearly                        marked and secured to avoid unauthor-
                                marked and secured to avoid unauthor-                     ized access and tampering.
                                ized access and tampering.                                  (3) For tanks with an internally
                                  (g) Interstitial monitoring. Interstitial               fitted liner, an automated device can
                                monitoring between the UST system                         detect a release between the inner wall
                                and a secondary barrier immediately                       of the tank and the liner, and the liner
                                around or beneath it may be used, but                     is compatible with the substance
                                only if the system is designed, con-                      stored.
                                structed and installed to detect a leak                     (h) Other methods. Any other type of
                                from any portion of the tank that rou-                    release detection method, or combina-
                                tinely contains product and also meets                    tion of methods, can be used if:
                                one of the following requirements:                          (1) It can detect a 0.2 gallon per hour
                                  (1) For double-walled UST systems,                      leak rate or a release of 150 gallons
                                the sampling or testing method can de-                    within a month with a probability of
                                tect a release through the inner wall in                  detection of 0.95 and a probability of
                                any portion of the tank that routinely                    false alarm of 0.05; or
                                contains product;
                                                                                            (2) The implementing agency may ap-
                                  NOTE: The provisions outlined in the Steel
                                                                                          prove another method if the owner and
                                Tank Institute’s ‘‘Standard for Dual Wall
                                Underground Storage Tanks’’ may be used as                operator can demonstrate that the
                                guidance for aspects of the design and con-               method can detect a release as effec-
                                struction of underground steel double-walled              tively as any of the methods allowed in
                                tanks.                                                    paragraphs (c) through (h) of this sec-
                                  (2) For UST systems with a sec-                         tion. In comparing methods, the imple-
                                ondary barrier within the excavation                      menting agency shall consider the size
                                zone, the sampling or testing method                      of release that the method can detect
                                used can detect a release between the                     and the frequency and reliability with
                                UST system and the secondary barrier;                     which it can be detected. If the method
                                  (i) The secondary barrier around or                     is approved, the owner and operator
                                beneath the UST system consists of ar-                    must comply with any conditions im-
                                tificially constructed material that is                   posed by the implementing agency on
                                sufficiently thick and impermeable (at                    its use to ensure the protection of
                                least 10¥6 cm/sec for the regulated sub-                  human health and the environment.
                                stance stored) to direct a release to the
                                monitoring point and permit its detec-                    § 280.44 Methods of release detection
                                tion;                                                         for piping.
                                  (ii) The barrier is compatible with                       Each method of release detection for
                                the regulated substance stored so that                    piping used to meet the requirements
                                a release from the UST system will not                    of § 280.41 must be conducted in accord-
                                cause a deterioration of the barrier al-                  ance with the following:
                                lowing a release to pass through unde-                      (a) Automatic line leak detectors. Meth-
                                tected;                                                   ods which alert the operator to the
                                  (iii) For cathodically protected                        presence of a leak by restricting or
                                tanks, the secondary barrier must be                      shutting off the flow of regulated sub-
                                installed so that it does not interfere                   stances through piping or triggering an
                                with the proper operation of the ca-                      audible or visual alarm may be used
                                thodic protection system;                                 only if they detect leaks of 3 gallons
                                  (iv) The ground water, soil moisture,                   per hour at 10 pounds per square inch
                                or rainfall will not render the testing                   line pressure within 1 hour. An annual
                                or sampling method used inoperative                       test of the operation of the leak detec-
                                so that a release could go undetected                     tor must be conducted in accordance
                                for more than 30 days;                                    with the manufacturer’s requirements.

                                                                                     480



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00490   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.51

                                  (b) Line tightness testing. A periodic                     Subpart E—Release Reporting,
                                test of piping may be conducted only if                     Investigation, and Confirmation
                                it can detect a 0.1 gallon per hour leak
                                rate at one and one-half times the op-                    § 280.50 Reporting        of     suspected     re-
                                erating pressure.                                             leases.
                                  (c) Applicable tank methods. Any of                        Owners and operators of UST sys-
                                the methods in § 280.43 (e) through (h)                   tems must report to the implementing
                                may be used if they are designed to de-                   agency within 24 hours, or another rea-
                                tect a release from any portion of the                    sonable time period specified by the
                                underground piping that routinely con-                    implementing agency, and follow the
                                tains regulated substances.                               procedures in § 280.52 for any of the fol-
                                                                                          lowing conditions:
                                § 280.45 Release           detection       record-           (a) The discovery by owners and oper-
                                    keeping.
                                                                                          ators or others of released regulated
                                  All UST system owners and operators                     substances at the UST site or in the
                                must maintain records in accordance                       surrounding area (such as the presence
                                with § 280.34 demonstrating compliance                    of free product or vapors in soils, base-
                                with all applicable requirements of this                  ments, sewer and utility lines, and
                                subpart. These records must include                       nearby surface water).
                                the following:                                               (b) Unusual operating conditions ob-
                                  (a) All written performance claims                      served by owners and operators (such
                                pertaining to any release detection sys-                  as the erratic behavior of product dis-
                                tem used, and the manner in which                         pensing equipment, the sudden loss of
                                these claims have been justified or                       product from the UST system, or an
                                tested by the equipment manufacturer                      unexplained presence of water in the
                                or installer, must be maintained for 5                    tank), unless system equipment is
                                years, or for another reasonable period                   found to be defective but not leaking,
                                of time determined by the imple-                          and is immediately repaired or re-
                                menting agency, from the date of in-                      placed; and,
                                stallation;                                                  (c) Monitoring results from a release
                                  (b) The results of any sampling, test-                  detection     method     required   under
                                ing, or monitoring must be maintained                     § 280.41 and § 280.42 that indicate a re-
                                for at least 1 year, or for another rea-                  lease may have occurred unless:
                                sonable period of time determined by                         (1) The monitoring device is found to
                                the implementing agency, except that                      be defective, and is immediately re-
                                the results of tank tightness testing                     paired, recalibrated or replaced, and
                                conducted in accordance with § 280.43(c)                  additional monitoring does not confirm
                                must be retained until the next test is                   the initial result; or
                                conducted; and                                               (2) In the case of inventory control, a
                                  (c) Written documentation of all cali-                  second month of data does not confirm
                                bration, maintenance, and repair of re-                   the initial result.
                                lease detection equipment permanently
                                                                                          § 280.51 Investigation due to off-site
                                located on-site must be maintained for                        impacts.
                                at least one year after the servicing
                                work is completed, or for another rea-                       When required by the implementing
                                sonable time period determined by the                     agency, owners and operators of UST
                                implementing agency. Any schedules of                     systems must follow the procedures in
                                required calibration and maintenance                      § 280.52 to determine if the UST system
                                provided by the release detection                         is the source of off-site impacts. These
                                                                                          impacts include the discovery of regu-
                                equipment manufacturer must be re-
                                                                                          lated substances (such as the presence
                                tained for 5 years from the date of in-
                                                                                          of free product or vapors in soils, base-
                                stallation.
                                                                                          ments, sewer and utility lines, and
                                                                                          nearby surface and drinking waters)
                                                                                          that has been observed by the imple-
                                                                                          menting agency or brought to its at-
                                                                                          tention by another party.

                                                                                     481



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00491   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.52                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                § 280.52 Release investigation and con-                     (2) If the test results for the exca-
                                    firmation steps.                                      vation zone or the UST site do not in-
                                   Unless corrective action is initiated                  dicate that a release has occurred, fur-
                                in accordance with subpart F, owners                      ther investigation is not required.
                                and operators must immediately inves-
                                                                                          § 280.53 Reporting and             cleanup   of
                                tigate and confirm all suspected re-
                                                                                              spills and overfills.
                                leases of regulated substances requir-
                                ing reporting under § 280.50 within 7                        (a) Owners and operators of UST sys-
                                days, or another reasonable time pe-                      tems must contain and immediately
                                riod specified by the implementing                        clean up a spill or overfill and report to
                                agency, using either the following                        the implementing agency within 24
                                steps or another procedure approved by                    hours, or another reasonable time pe-
                                the implementing agency:                                  riod specified by the implementing
                                   (a) System test. Owners and operators                  agency, and begin corrective action in
                                must conduct tests (according to the                      accordance with subpart F in the fol-
                                requirements for tightness testing in                     lowing cases:
                                § 280.43(c) and § 280.44(b)) that determine                  (1) Spill or overfill of petroleum that
                                whether a leak exists in that portion of                  results in a release to the environment
                                the tank that routinely contains prod-                    that exceeds 25 gallons or another rea-
                                uct, or the attached delivery piping, or                  sonable amount specified by the imple-
                                both.                                                     menting agency, or that causes a sheen
                                   (1) Owners and operators must repair,                  on nearby surface water; and
                                replace or upgrade the UST system,
                                                                                             (2) Spill or overfill of a hazardous
                                and begin corrective action in accord-
                                                                                          substance that results in a release to
                                ance with subpart F if the test results
                                for the system, tank, or delivery piping                  the environment that equals or exceeds
                                indicate that a leak exists.                              its reportable quantity under CERCLA
                                   (2) Further investigation is not re-                   (40 CFR part 302).
                                quired if the test results for the sys-                      (b) Owners and operators of UST sys-
                                tem, tank, and delivery piping do not                     tems must contain and immediately
                                indicate that a leak exists and if envi-                  clean up a spill or overfill of petroleum
                                ronmental contamination is not the                        that is less than 25 gallons or another
                                basis for suspecting a release.                           reasonable amount specified by the im-
                                   (3) Owners and operators must con-                     plementing agency, and a spill or over-
                                duct a site check as described in para-                   fill of a hazardous substance that is
                                graph (b) of this section if the test re-                 less than the reportable quantity. If
                                sults for the system, tank, and delivery                  cleanup cannot be accomplished within
                                piping do not indicate that a leak ex-                    24 hours, or another reasonable time
                                ists but environmental contamination                      period established by the implementing
                                is the basis for suspecting a release.                    agency, owners and operators must im-
                                   (b) Site check. Owners and operators                   mediately notify the implementing
                                must measure for the presence of a re-                    agency.
                                lease where contamination is most                           NOTE: Pursuant to §§ 302.6 and 355.40, a re-
                                likely to be present at the UST site. In                  lease of a hazardous substance equal to or in
                                selecting sample types, sample loca-                      excess of its reportable quantity must also
                                tions, and measurement methods, own-                      be reported immediately (rather than within
                                ers and operators must consider the na-                   24 hours) to the National Response Center
                                ture of the stored substance, the type                    under sections 102 and 103 of the Comprehen-
                                of initial alarm or cause for suspicion,                  sive Environmental Response, Compensa-
                                the type of backfill, the depth of                        tion, and Liability Act of 1980 and to appro-
                                                                                          priate state and local authorities under Title
                                ground water, and other factors appro-
                                                                                          III of the Superfund Amendments and Reau-
                                priate for identifying the presence and
                                                                                          thorization Act of 1986.
                                source of the release.
                                   (1) If the test results for the exca-
                                vation zone or the UST site indicate
                                that a release has occurred, owners and
                                operators must begin corrective action
                                in accordance with subpart F;

                                                                                     482



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00492   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.63

                                Subpart F—Release Response and                            surface structures (such as sewers or
                                   Corrective Action for UST Sys-                         basements);
                                   tems Containing Petroleum or                              (4) Remedy hazards posed by con-
                                   Hazardous Substances                                   taminated soils that are excavated or
                                                                                          exposed as a result of release confirma-
                                § 280.60     General.                                     tion, site investigation, abatement, or
                                                                                          corrective action activities. If these
                                   Owners and operators of petroleum or
                                                                                          remedies include treatment or disposal
                                hazardous substance UST systems
                                                                                          of soils, the owner and operator must
                                must, in response to a confirmed re-
                                                                                          comply with applicable State and local
                                lease from the UST system, comply
                                with the requirements of this subpart                     requirements;
                                except for USTs excluded under                               (5) Measure for the presence of a re-
                                § 280.10(b) and UST systems subject to                    lease where contamination is most
                                RCRA Subtitle C corrective action re-                     likely to be present at the UST site,
                                quirements under section 3004(u) of the                   unless the presence and source of the
                                Resource Conservation and Recovery                        release have been confirmed in accord-
                                Act, as amended.                                          ance with the site check required by
                                                                                          § 280.52(b) or the closure site assess-
                                § 280.61     Initial response.                            ment of § 280.72(a). In selecting sample
                                  Upon confirmation of a release in ac-                   types, sample locations, and measure-
                                cordance with § 280.52 or after a release                 ment methods, the owner and operator
                                from the UST system is identified in                      must consider the nature of the stored
                                any other manner, owners and opera-                       substance, the type of backfill, depth
                                tors must perform the following initial                   to ground water and other factors as
                                response actions within 24 hours of a                     appropriate for identifying the pres-
                                release or within another reasonable                      ence and source of the release; and
                                period of time determined by the im-                         (6) Investigate to determine the pos-
                                plementing agency:                                        sible presence of free product, and
                                  (a) Report the release to the imple-                    begin free product removal as soon as
                                menting agency (e.g., by telephone or                     practicable and in accordance with
                                electronic mail);                                         § 280.64.
                                  (b) Take immediate action to prevent                       (b) Within 20 days after release con-
                                any further release of the regulated                      firmation, or within another reason-
                                substance into the environment; and                       able period of time determined by the
                                  (c) Identify and mitigate fire, explo-                  implementing agency, owners and oper-
                                sion, and vapor hazards.                                  ators must submit a report to the im-
                                                                                          plementing agency summarizing the
                                § 280.62 Initial abatement               measures         initial abatement steps taken under
                                    and site check.
                                                                                          paragraph (a) of this section and any
                                  (a) Unless directed to do otherwise by                  resulting information or data.
                                the implementing agency, owners and
                                operators must perform the following                      § 280.63    Initial site characterization.
                                abatement measures:
                                                                                            (a) Unless directed to do otherwise by
                                  (1) Remove as much of the regulated                     the implementing agency, owners and
                                substance from the UST system as is
                                                                                          operators must assemble information
                                necessary to prevent further release to
                                                                                          about the site and the nature of the re-
                                the environment;
                                                                                          lease, including information gained
                                  (2) Visually inspect any aboveground
                                                                                          while confirming the release or com-
                                releases or exposed belowground re-
                                                                                          pleting the initial abatement measures
                                leases and prevent further migration of
                                the released substance into sur-                          in §§ 280.60 and 280.61. This information
                                rounding soils and ground water;                          must include, but is not necessarily
                                  (3) Continue to monitor and mitigate                    limited to the following:
                                any additional fire and safety hazards                      (1) Data on the nature and estimated
                                posed by vapors or free product that                      quantity of release;
                                have migrated from the UST exca-                            (2) Data from available sources and/
                                vation zone and entered into sub-                         or site investigations concerning the

                                                                                     483



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00493   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.64                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                following factors: surrounding popu-                      submit to the implementing agency,
                                lations, water quality, use and approxi-                  within 45 days after confirming a re-
                                mate locations of wells potentially af-                   lease, a free product removal report
                                fected by the release, subsurface soil                    that provides at least the following in-
                                conditions, locations of subsurface sew-                  formation:
                                ers, climatological conditions, and land                    (1) The name of the person(s) respon-
                                use;                                                      sible for implementing the free product
                                  (3) Results of the site check required                  removal measures;
                                under § 280.62(a)(5); and                                   (2) The estimated quantity, type, and
                                  (4) Results of the free product inves-                  thickness of free product observed or
                                tigations required under § 280.62(a)(6),                  measured in wells, boreholes, and exca-
                                to be used by owners and operators to                     vations;
                                determine whether free product must                         (3) The type of free product recovery
                                be recovered under § 280.64.                              system used;
                                  (b) Within 45 days of release con-                        (4) Whether any discharge will take
                                firmation or another reasonable period                    place on-site or off-site during the re-
                                of time determined by the imple-                          covery operation and where this dis-
                                menting agency, owners and operators                      charge will be located;
                                must submit the information collected                       (5) The type of treatment applied to,
                                in compliance with paragraph (a) of                       and the effluent quality expected from,
                                this section to the implementing agen-                    any discharge;
                                cy in a manner that demonstrates its                        (6) The steps that have been or are
                                applicability and technical adequacy,                     being taken to obtain necessary per-
                                or in a format and according to the                       mits for any discharge; and
                                schedule required by the implementing                       (7) The disposition of the recovered
                                agency.                                                   free product.
                                § 280.64 Free product removal.                            § 280.65 Investigations for soil and
                                   At sites where investigations under                         ground-water cleanup.
                                § 280.62(a)(6) indicate the presence of                      (a) In order to determine the full ex-
                                free product, owners and operators                        tent and location of soils contaminated
                                must remove free product to the max-                      by the release and the presence and
                                imum extent practicable as determined                     concentrations of dissolved product
                                by the implementing agency while con-                     contamination in the ground water,
                                tinuing, as necessary, any actions ini-                   owners and operators must conduct in-
                                tiated under §§ 280.61 through 280.63, or                 vestigations of the release, the release
                                preparing for actions required under                      site, and the surrounding area possibly
                                §§ 280.65 through 280.66. In meeting the                  affected by the release if any of the fol-
                                requirements of this section, owners                      lowing conditions exist:
                                and operators must:                                          (1) There is evidence that ground-
                                   (a) Conduct free product removal in a                  water wells have been affected by the
                                manner that minimizes the spread of                       release (e.g., as found during release
                                contamination         into     previously                 confirmation or previous corrective ac-
                                uncontaminated zones by using recov-                      tion measures);
                                ery and disposal techniques appro-                           (2) Free product is found to need re-
                                priate to the hydrogeologic conditions                    covery in compliance with § 280.64;
                                at the site, and that properly treats,                       (3) There is evidence that contami-
                                discharges or disposes of recovery by-                    nated soils may be in contact with
                                products in compliance with applicable                    ground water (e.g., as found during
                                local, State and Federal regulations;                     conduct of the initial response meas-
                                   (b) Use abatement of free product mi-                  ures or investigations required under
                                gration as a minimum objective for the                    §§ 280.60 through 280.64); and
                                design of the free product removal sys-                      (4) The implementing agency re-
                                tem;                                                      quests an investigation, based on the
                                   (c) Handle any flammable products in                   potential effects of contaminated soil
                                a safe and competent manner to pre-                       or ground water on nearby surface
                                vent fires or explosions; and                             water and ground-water resources.
                                   (d) Unless directed to do otherwise by                    (b) Owners and operators must sub-
                                the implementing agency, prepare and                      mit the information collected under

                                                                                     484



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00494   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.67

                                paragraph (a) of this section as soon as                  modifications to the plan made by the
                                practicable or in accordance with a                       implementing agency. They must mon-
                                schedule established by the imple-                        itor, evaluate, and report the results of
                                menting agency.                                           implementing the plan in accordance
                                                                                          with a schedule and in a format estab-
                                § 280.66 Corrective action plan.                          lished by the implementing agency.
                                   (a) At any point after reviewing the                     (d) Owners and operators may, in the
                                information submitted in compliance                       interest of minimizing environmental
                                with §§ 280.61 through 280.63, the imple-                 contamination and promoting more ef-
                                menting agency may require owners                         fective cleanup, begin cleanup of soil
                                and operators to submit additional in-                    and ground water before the corrective
                                formation or to develop and submit a                      action plan is approved provided that
                                corrective action plan for responding                     they:
                                to contaminated soils and ground                            (1) Notify the implementing agency
                                water. If a plan is required, owners and                  of their intention to begin cleanup;
                                operators must submit the plan accord-
                                                                                            (2) Comply with any conditions im-
                                ing to a schedule and format estab-
                                                                                          posed by the implementing agency, in-
                                lished by the implementing agency. Al-
                                                                                          cluding halting cleanup or mitigating
                                ternatively, owners and operators may,
                                after fulfilling the requirements of                      adverse consequences from cleanup ac-
                                §§ 280.61 through 280.63, choose to sub-                  tivities; and
                                mit a corrective action plan for re-                        (3) Incorporate these self-initiated
                                sponding to contaminated soil and                         cleanup measures in the corrective ac-
                                ground water. In either case, owners                      tion plan that is submitted to the im-
                                and operators are responsible for sub-                    plementing agency for approval.
                                mitting a plan that provides for ade-
                                quate protection of human health and                      § 280.67    Public participation.
                                the environment as determined by the                        (a) For each confirmed release that
                                implementing agency, and must mod-                        requires a corrective action plan, the
                                ify their plan as necessary to meet this                  implementing agency must provide no-
                                standard.                                                 tice to the public by means designed to
                                   (b) The implementing agency will ap-                   reach those members of the public di-
                                prove the corrective action plan only                     rectly affected by the release and the
                                after ensuring that implementation of                     planned corrective action. This notice
                                the plan will adequately protect human                    may include, but is not limited to, pub-
                                health, safety, and the environment. In                   lic notice in local newspapers, block
                                making this determination, the imple-                     advertisements, public service an-
                                menting agency should consider the                        nouncements, publication in a state
                                following factors as appropriate:                         register, letters to individual house-
                                   (1) The physical and chemical charac-                  holds, or personal contacts by field
                                teristics of the regulated substance, in-                 staff.
                                cluding its toxicity, persistence, and                      (b) The implementing agency must
                                potential for migration;
                                                                                          ensure that site release information
                                   (2) The hydrogeologic characteristics
                                                                                          and decisions concerning the corrective
                                of the facility and the surrounding
                                                                                          action plan are made available to the
                                area;
                                                                                          public for inspection upon request.
                                   (3) The proximity, quality, and cur-
                                rent and future uses of nearby surface                      (c) Before approving a corrective ac-
                                water and ground water;                                   tion plan, the implementing agency
                                   (4) The potential effects of residual                  may hold a public meeting to consider
                                contamination on nearby surface water                     comments on the proposed corrective
                                and ground water;                                         action plan if there is sufficient public
                                   (5) An exposure assessment; and                        interest, or for any other reason.
                                   (6) Any information assembled in                         (d) The implementing agency must
                                compliance with this subpart.                             give public notice that complies with
                                   (c) Upon approval of the corrective                    paragraph (a) of this section if imple-
                                action plan or as directed by the imple-                  mentation of an approved corrective
                                menting agency, owners and operators                      action plan does not achieve the estab-
                                must implement the plan, including                        lished cleanup levels in the plan and

                                                                                     485



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00495   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.70                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                termination of that plan is under con-                    of this section, or within another rea-
                                sideration by the implementing agen-                      sonable time period determined by the
                                cy.                                                       implementing agency, owners and oper-
                                                                                          ators must notify the implementing
                                   Subpart G—Out-of-Service UST                           agency of their intent to permanently
                                       Systems and Closure                                close or make the change-in-service,
                                                                                          unless such action is in response to cor-
                                § 280.70 Temporary closure.                               rective action. The required assess-
                                   (a) When an UST system is tempo-                       ment of the excavation zone under
                                rarily closed, owners and operators                       § 280.72 must be performed after noti-
                                must continue operation and mainte-                       fying the implementing agency but be-
                                nance of corrosion protection in ac-                      fore completion of the permanent clo-
                                cordance with § 280.31, and any release                   sure or a change-in-service.
                                detection in accordance with subpart                         (b) To permanently close a tank,
                                D. Subparts E and F must be complied                      owners and operators must empty and
                                with if a release is suspected or con-                    clean it by removing all liquids and ac-
                                firmed. However, release detection is                     cumulated sludges. All tanks taken out
                                not required as long as the UST system                    of service permanently must also be ei-
                                is empty. The UST system is empty                         ther removed from the ground or filled
                                when all materials have been removed                      with an inert solid material.
                                using commonly employed practices so                         (c) Continued use of an UST system
                                that no more than 2.5 centimeters (one                    to store a non-regulated substance is
                                inch) of residue, or 0.3 percent by                       considered a change-in-service. Before
                                weight of the total capacity of the UST                   a change-in-service, owners and opera-
                                system, remain in the system.                             tors must empty and clean the tank by
                                   (b) When an UST system is tempo-                       removing all liquid and accumulated
                                rarily closed for 3 months or more,                       sludge and conduct a site assessment in
                                owners and operators must also comply                     accordance with § 280.72.
                                with the following requirements:                            NOTE: The following cleaning and closure
                                   (1) Leave vent lines open and func-                    procedures may be used to comply with this
                                tioning; and                                              section:
                                   (2) Cap and secure all other lines,                      (A) American Petroleum Institute Rec-
                                pumps, manways, and ancillary equip-                      ommended Practice 1604, ‘‘Removal and Dis-
                                ment.                                                     posal of Used Underground Petroleum Stor-
                                   (c) When an UST system is tempo-                       age Tanks’’;
                                rarily closed for more than 12 months,                      (B) American Petroleum Institute Publica-
                                owners and operators must perma-                          tion 2015, ‘‘Cleaning Petroleum Storage
                                nently close the UST system if it does                    Tanks’’;
                                not meet either performance standards                       (C) American Petroleum Institute Rec-
                                in § 280.20 for new UST systems or the                    ommended Practice 1631, ‘‘Interior Lining of
                                                                                          Underground Storage Tanks,’’ may be used
                                upgrading requirements in § 280.21, ex-                   as guidance for compliance with this section;
                                cept that the spill and overfill equip-                   and
                                ment requirements do not have to be                         (D) The National Institute for Occupa-
                                met. Owners and operators must per-                       tional Safety and Health ‘‘Criteria for a Rec-
                                manently close the substandard UST                        ommended Standard * * * Working in Con-
                                systems at the end of this 12-month pe-                   fined Space’’ may be used as guidance for
                                riod in accordance with §§ 280.71–280.74,                 conducting safe closure procedures at some
                                unless the implementing agency pro-                       hazardous substance tanks.
                                vides an extension of the 12-month
                                temporary closure period. Owners and                      § 280.72 Assessing the site at closure or
                                                                                              change-in-service.
                                operators must complete a site assess-
                                ment in accordance with § 280.72 before                     (a) Before permanent closure or a
                                such an extension can be applied for.                     change-in-service is completed, owners
                                                                                          and operators must measure for the
                                § 280.71 Permanent       closure     and                  presence of a release where contamina-
                                     changes-in-service.                                  tion is most likely to be present at the
                                   (a) At least 30 days before beginning                  UST site. In selecting sample types,
                                either permanent closure or a change-                     sample locations, and measurement
                                in-service under paragraphs (b) and (c)                   methods, owners and operators must

                                                                                     486



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00496   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.91

                                consider the method of closure, the na-                   § 280.90 Applicability.
                                ture of the stored substance, the type                       (a) This subpart applies to owners
                                of backfill, the depth to ground water,                   and operators of all petroleum under-
                                and other factors appropriate for iden-                   ground storage tank (UST) systems ex-
                                tifying the presence of a release. The                    cept as otherwise provided in this sec-
                                requirements of this section are satis-                   tion.
                                fied if one of the external release detec-                   (b) Owners and operators of petro-
                                tion methods allowed in § 280.43 (e) and                  leum UST systems are subject to these
                                (f) is operating in accordance with the                   requirements if they are in operation
                                requirements in § 280.43 at the time of                   on or after the date for compliance es-
                                closure, and indicates no release has                     tablished in § 280.91.
                                occurred.                                                    (c) State and Federal government en-
                                   (b) If contaminated soils, contami-                    tities whose debts and liabilities are
                                nated ground water, or free product as                    the debts and liabilities of a state or
                                a liquid or vapor is discovered under                     the United States are exempt from the
                                paragraph (a) of this section, or by any                  requirements of this subpart.
                                other manner, owners and operators                           (d) The requirements of this subpart
                                must begin corrective action in accord-                   do not apply to owners and operators of
                                ance with subpart F.                                      any UST system described in § 280.10 (b)
                                                                                          or (c).
                                § 280.73 Applicability to              previously            (e) If the owner and operator of a pe-
                                    closed UST systems.                                   troleum underground storage tank are
                                  When directed by the implementing                       separate persons, only one person is re-
                                agency, the owner and operator of an                      quired to demonstrate financial re-
                                                                                          sponsibility; however, both parties are
                                UST system permanently closed before
                                                                                          liable in event of noncompliance. Re-
                                December 22, 1988 must assess the exca-
                                                                                          gardless of which party complies, the
                                vation zone and close the UST system
                                                                                          date set for compliance at a particular
                                in accordance with this subpart if re-
                                                                                          facility is determined by the character-
                                leases from the UST may, in the judg-
                                                                                          istics of the owner as set forth in
                                ment of the implementing agency, pose                     § 280.91.
                                a current or potential threat to human
                                health and the environment.                               § 280.91 Compliance dates.
                                § 280.74     Closure records.                                Owners of petroleum underground
                                                                                          storage tanks are required to comply
                                   Owners and operators must maintain                     with the requirements of this subpart
                                records in accordance with § 280.34 that                  by the following dates:
                                are capable of demonstrating compli-                         (a) All petroleum marketing firms
                                ance with closure requirements under                      owning 1,000 or more USTs and all
                                this subpart. The results of the exca-                    other UST owners that report a tan-
                                vation zone assessment required in                        gible net worth of $20 million or more
                                § 280.72 must be maintained for at least                  to the U.S. Securities and Exchange
                                3 years after completion of permanent                     Commission (SEC), Dun and Brad-
                                closure or change-in-service in one of                    street, the Energy Information Admin-
                                the following ways:                                       istration, or the Rural Electrification
                                   (a) By the owners and operators who                    Administration; January 24, 1989, ex-
                                took the UST system out of service;                       cept that compliance with § 280.94(b) is
                                   (b) By the current owners and opera-                   required by: July 24, 1989.
                                tors of the UST system site; or                              (b) All petroleum marketing firms
                                   (c) By mailing these records to the                    owning 100–999 USTs; October 26, 1989.
                                implementing agency if they cannot be                        (c) All petroleum marketing firms
                                maintained at the closed facility.                        owning 13–99 USTs at more than one fa-
                                                                                          cility; April 26, 1991.
                                                                                             (d) All petroleum UST owners not de-
                                           Subpart H—Financial                            scribed in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of
                                              Responsibility                              this section, excluding local govern-
                                                                                          ment entities; December 31, 1993.
                                  SOURCE: 53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988, unless                 (e) All local government entities (in-
                                otherwise noted.                                          cluding Indian tribes) not included in

                                                                                     487



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00497   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.92                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                paragraph (f) of this section; February                   the Rural Electrification Administra-
                                18, 1994.                                                 tion.
                                  (f) Indian tribes that own USTs on                      ‘‘Financial reporting year’’ may thus
                                Indian lands which meet the applicable                    comprise a fiscal or a calendar year pe-
                                technical requirements of this part;                      riod.
                                December 31, 1998.                                          Legal defense cost is any expense that
                                [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988, as amended at 54             an owner or operator or provider of fi-
                                FR 5452, Feb. 3, 1989; 55 FR 18567, May 2, 1990;          nancial assurance incurs in defending
                                55 FR 46025, Oct. 31, 1990; 56 FR 66373, Dec. 23,         against claims or actions brought,
                                1991; 59 FR 9607, Feb. 28, 1994]                            (1) By EPA or a state to require cor-
                                                                                          rective action or to recover the costs of
                                § 280.92 Definition of terms.                             corrective action;
                                   When used in this subpart, the fol-                      (2) By or on behalf of a third party
                                lowing terms shall have the meanings                      for bodily injury or property damage
                                given below:                                              caused by an accidental release; or
                                   Accidental release means any sudden                      (3) By any person to enforce the
                                or nonsudden release of petroleum from                    terms of a financial assurance mecha-
                                an underground storage tank that re-                      nism.
                                sults in a need for corrective action                       Local government shall have the
                                and/or compensation for bodily injury                     meaning given this term by applicable
                                or property damage neither expected                       state law and includes Indian tribes.
                                nor intended by the tank owner or op-                     The term is generally intended to in-
                                erator.                                                   clude: (1) Counties, municipalities,
                                   Bodily injury shall have the meaning                   townships, separately chartered and
                                given to this term by applicable state                    operated special districts (including
                                law; however, this term shall not in-                     local government public transit sys-
                                clude those liabilities which, con-                       tems and redevelopment authorities),
                                sistent with standard insurance indus-                    and independent school districts au-
                                try practices, are excluded from cov-                     thorized as governmental bodies by
                                erage in liability insurance policies for                 state charter or constitution; and (2)
                                bodily injury.                                            Special districts and independent
                                   Chief Financial Officer, in the case of                school districts established by coun-
                                local government owners and opera-                        ties, municipalities, townships, and
                                tors, means the individual with the                       other general purpose governments to
                                overall authority and responsibility for                  provide essential services.
                                the collection, disbursement, and use                       Occurrence means an accident, in-
                                of funds by the local government.                         cluding continuous or repeated expo-
                                   Controlling interest means direct own-                 sure to conditions, which results in a
                                ership of at least 50 percent of the vot-                 release from an underground storage
                                ing stock of another entity.                              tank.
                                   Director of the Implementing Agency                      NOTE: This definition is intended to assist
                                                                                          in the understanding of these regulations
                                means the EPA Regional Adminis-
                                                                                          and is not intended either to limit the mean-
                                trator, or, in the case of a state with a                 ing of ‘‘occurrence’’ in a way that conflicts
                                program approved under section 9004,                      with standard insurance usage or to prevent
                                the Director of the designated state or                   the use of other standard insurance terms in
                                local agency responsible for carrying                     place of ‘‘occurrence.’’
                                out an approved UST program.                                Owner or operator, when the owner or
                                   Financial reporting year means the                     operator are separate parties, refers to
                                latest consecutive twelve-month period                    the party that is obtaining or has ob-
                                for which any of the following reports                    tained financial assurances.
                                used to support a financial test is pre-                    Petroleum marketing facilities include
                                pared:                                                    all facilities at which petroleum is pro-
                                   (1) a 10–K report submitted to the                     duced or refined and all facilities from
                                SEC;                                                      which petroleum is sold or transferred
                                   (2) an annual report of tangible net                   to other petroleum marketers or to the
                                worth submitted to Dun and Brad-                          public.
                                street; or                                                  Petroleum marketing firms are all firms
                                   (3) annual reports submitted to the                    owning petroleum marketing facilities.
                                Energy Information Administration or                      Firms owning other types of facilities

                                                                                     488



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00498   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.93

                                with USTs as well as petroleum mar-                          Termination under § 280.97(b)(1) and
                                keting facilities are considered to be                    § 280.97(b)(2) means only those changes
                                petroleum marketing firms.                                that could result in a gap in coverage
                                  Property damage shall have the mean-                    as where the insured has not obtained
                                ing given this term by applicable state                   substitute coverage or has obtained
                                law. This term shall not include those                    substitute coverage with a different
                                liabilities   which,    consistent   with                 retroactive date than the retroactive
                                standard insurance industry practices,                    date of the original policy.
                                are excluded from coverage in liability
                                insurance policies for property damage.                   [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988, as amended at 54
                                                                                          FR 47081, Nov. 9, 1989; 58 FR 9050, Feb. 18,
                                However, such exclusions for property
                                                                                          1993]
                                damage shall not include corrective ac-
                                tion associated with releases from                        § 280.93 Amount and scope of required
                                tanks which are covered by the policy.                        financial responsibility.
                                  Provider of financial assurance means
                                an entity that provides financial assur-                    (a) Owners or operators of petroleum
                                ance to an owner or operator of an un-                    underground storage tanks must dem-
                                derground storage tank through one of                     onstrate financial responsibility for
                                the mechanisms listed in §§ 280.95–                       taking corrective action and for com-
                                280.103, including a guarantor, insurer,                  pensating third parties for bodily in-
                                risk retention group, surety, issuer of a                 jury and property damage caused by
                                letter of credit, issuer of a state-re-                   accidental releases arising from the op-
                                quired mechanism, or a state.                             eration of petroleum underground stor-
                                  Substantial business relationship means                 age tanks in at least the following per-
                                the extent of a business relationship                     occurrence amounts:
                                necessary under applicable state law to                     (1) For owners or operators of petro-
                                make a guarantee contract issued inci-                    leum underground storage tanks that
                                dent to that relationship valid and en-                   are located at petroleum marketing fa-
                                forceable. A guarantee contract is                        cilities, or that handle an average of
                                issued ‘‘incident to that relationship’’                  more than 10,000 gallons of petroleum
                                if it arises from and depends on exist-                   per month based on annual throughput
                                ing economic transactions between the                     for the previous calendar year; $1 mil-
                                guarantor and the owner or operator.                      lion.
                                  Substantial governmental relationship                     (2) For all other owners or operators
                                means the extent of a governmental re-                    of petroleum underground storage
                                lationship necessary under applicable                     tanks; $500,000.
                                state law to make an added guarantee                        (b) Owners or operators of petroleum
                                contract issued incident to that rela-                    underground storage tanks must dem-
                                tionship valid and enforceable. A guar-                   onstrate financial responsibility for
                                antee contract is issued ‘‘incident to                    taking corrective action and for com-
                                that relationship’’ if it arises from a
                                                                                          pensating third parties for bodily in-
                                clear commonality of interest in the
                                                                                          jury and property damage caused by
                                event of an UST release such as coter-
                                                                                          accidental releases arising from the op-
                                minous boundaries, overlapping con-
                                                                                          eration of petroleum underground stor-
                                stituencies, common ground-water aq-
                                                                                          age tanks in at least the following an-
                                uifer, or other relationship other than
                                monetary compensation that provides                       nual aggregate amounts:
                                a motivation for the guarantor to pro-                      (1) For owners or operators of 1 to 100
                                vide a guarantee.                                         petroleum underground storage tanks,
                                  Tangible net worth means the tangible                   $1 million; and
                                assets that remain after deducting li-                      (2) For owners or operators of 101 or
                                abilities; such assets do not include in-                 more petroleum underground storage
                                tangibles such as goodwill and rights                     tanks, $2 million.
                                to patents or royalties. For purposes of                    (c) For the purposes of paragraphs (b)
                                this definition, ‘‘assets’’ means all ex-                 and (f) of this section, only, ‘‘a petro-
                                isting and all probable future economic                   leum     underground    storage    tank’’
                                benefits obtained or controlled by a                      means a single containment unit and
                                particular entity as a result of past                     does not mean combinations of single
                                transactions.                                             containment units.

                                                                                     489



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00499   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.94                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                  (d) Except as provided in paragraph                     § 280.94 Allowable mechanisms and
                                (e) of this section, if the owner or oper-                     combinations of mechanisms.
                                ator uses separate mechanisms or sepa-                       (a) Subject to the limitations of
                                rate combinations of mechanisms to                        paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section,
                                demonstrate financial responsibility                         (1) An owner or operator, including a
                                for:                                                      local government owner or operator,
                                  (1) Taking corrective action;                           may use any one or combination of the
                                  (2) Compensating third parties for                      mechanisms listed in §§ 280.95 through
                                bodily injury and property damage                         280.103 to demonstrate financial respon-
                                caused by sudden accidental releases;                     sibility under this subpart for one or
                                or                                                        more underground storage tanks, and
                                  (3) Compensating third parties for                         (2) A local government owner or oper-
                                bodily injury and property damage                         ator may use any one or combination
                                caused by nonsudden accidental re-                        of the mechanisms listed in §§ 280.104
                                leases, the amount of assurance pro-                      through 280.107 to demonstrate finan-
                                vided by each mechanism or combina-                       cial responsibility under this subpart
                                tion of mechanisms must be in the full                    for one or more underground storage
                                amount specified in paragraphs (a) and                    tanks.
                                (b) of this section.                                         (b) An owner or operator may use a
                                  (e) If an owner or operator uses sepa-                  guarantee under § 280.96 or surety bond
                                rate mechanisms or separate combina-                      under § 280.98 to establish financial re-
                                tions of mechanisms to demonstrate fi-                    sponsibility only if the Attorney(s)
                                nancial responsibility for different pe-                  General of the state(s) in which the un-
                                troleum underground storage tanks,                        derground storage tanks are located
                                the annual aggregate required shall be                    has (have) submitted a written state-
                                based on the number of tanks covered                      ment to the implementing agency that
                                by each such separate mechanism or                        a guarantee or surety bond executed as
                                combination of mechanisms.                                described in this section is a legally
                                  (f) Owners or operators shall review                    valid and enforceable obligation in
                                the amount of aggregate assurance pro-                    that state.
                                vided whenever additional petroleum                          (c) An owner or operator may use
                                underground storage tanks are ac-                         self-insurance in combination with a
                                quired or installed. If the number of pe-                 guarantee only if, for the purpose of
                                troleum underground storage tanks for                     meeting the requirements of the finan-
                                which assurance must be provided ex-                      cial test under this rule, the financial
                                ceeds 100, the owner or operator shall                    statements of the owner or operator
                                demonstrate financial responsibility in                   are not consolidated with the financial
                                the amount of at least $2 million of an-                  statements of the guarantor.
                                nual aggregate assurance by the anni-                     [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988, as amended at 58
                                versary of the date on which the mech-                    FR 9051, Feb. 18, 1993]
                                anism demonstrating financial respon-
                                sibility became effective. If assurance                   § 280.95 Financial test of self-insur-
                                is being demonstrated by a combina-                             ance.
                                tion of mechanisms, the owner or oper-                       (a) An owner or operator, and/or
                                ator shall demonstrate financial re-                      guarantor, may satisfy the require-
                                sponsibility in the amount of at least                    ments of § 280.93 by passing a financial
                                $2 million of annual aggregate assur-                     test as specified in this section. To pass
                                ance by the first-occurring effective                     the financial test of self-insurance, the
                                date anniversary of any one of the                        owner or operator, and/or guarantor
                                mechanisms combined (other than a fi-                     must meet the criteria of paragraph (b)
                                nancial test or guarantee) to provide                     or (c) of this section based on year-end
                                assurance.                                                financial statements for the latest
                                  (g) The amounts of assurance re-                        completed fiscal year.
                                quired under this section exclude legal                      (b)(1) The owner or operator, and/or
                                defense costs.                                            guarantor, must have a tangible net
                                  (h) The required per-occurrence and                     worth of at least ten times:
                                annual aggregate coverage amounts do                         (i) The total of the applicable aggre-
                                not in any way limit the liability of                     gate amount required by § 280.93, based
                                the owner or operator.                                    on the number of underground storage

                                                                                     490



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00500   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.95

                                tanks for which a financial test is used                  and/or guarantor, must be examined by
                                to demonstrate financial responsibility                   an independent certified public ac-
                                to EPA under this section or to a state                   countant and be accompanied by the
                                implementing agency under a state                         accountant’s report of the examina-
                                program approved by EPA under 40                          tion.
                                CFR part 281;                                               (3) The firm’s year-end financial
                                   (ii) The sum of the corrective action                  statements cannot include an adverse
                                cost estimates, the current closure and                   auditor’s opinion, a disclaimer of opin-
                                post-closure care cost estimates, and                     ion, or a ‘‘going concern’’ qualification.
                                amount of liability coverage for which                      (4) The owner or operator, and/or
                                a financial test is used to demonstrate                   guarantor, must have a letter signed
                                financial responsibility to EPA under                     by the chief financial officer, worded as
                                40 CFR 264.101, 264.143, 264.145, 265.143,                specified in paragraph (d) of this sec-
                                165.145, 264.147, and 265.147 or to a state               tion.
                                implementing agency under a state                           (5) If the financial statements of the
                                program authorized by EPA under 40                        owner or operator, and/or guarantor,
                                CFR part 271; and                                         are not submitted annually to the U.S.
                                   (iii) The sum of current plugging and                  Securities and Exchange Commission,
                                abandonment cost estimates for which                      the Energy Information Administra-
                                a financial test is used to demonstrate                   tion or the Rural Electrification Ad-
                                financial responsibility to EPA under
                                                                                          ministration, the owner or operator,
                                40 CFR 144.63 or to a state imple-
                                                                                          and/or guarantor, must obtain a special
                                menting agency under a state program
                                                                                          report by an independent certified pub-
                                authorized by EPA under 40 CFR part
                                                                                          lic accountant stating that:
                                145.
                                   (2) The owner or operator, and/or                        (i) He has compared the data that the
                                guarantor, must have a tangible net                       letter form the chief financial officer
                                worth of at least $10 million.                            specifies as having been derived from
                                   (3) The owner or operator, and/or                      the latest year-end financial state-
                                guarantor, must have a letter signed                      ments of the owner or operator, and/or
                                by the chief financial officer worded as                  guarantor, with the amounts in such fi-
                                specified in paragraph (d) of this sec-                   nancial statements; and
                                tion.                                                       (ii) In connection with that compari-
                                   (4) The owner or operator, and/or                      son, no matters came to his attention
                                guarantor, must either:                                   which caused him to believe that the
                                   (i) File financial statements annually                 specified data should be adjusted.
                                with the U.S. Securities and Exchange                       (d) To demonstrate that it meets the
                                Commission, the Energy Information                        financial test under paragraph (b) or (c)
                                Administration, or the Rural Elec-                        of this section, the chief financial offi-
                                trification Administration; or                            cer of the owner or operator, or guar-
                                   (ii) Report annually the firm’s tan-                   antor, must sign, within 120 days of the
                                gible net worth to Dun and Bradstreet,                    close of each financial reporting year,
                                and Dun and Bradstreet must have as-                      as defined by the twelve-month period
                                signed the firm a financial strength                      for which financial statements used to
                                rating of 4A or 5A.                                       support the financial test are prepared,
                                   (5) The firm’s year-end financial                      a letter worded exactly as follows, ex-
                                statements, if independently audited,                     cept that the instructions in brackets
                                cannot include an adverse auditor’s                       are to be replaced by the relevant in-
                                opinion, a disclaimer of opinion, or a                    formation and the brackets deleted:
                                ‘‘going concern’’ qualification.
                                                                                             LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                   (c)(1) The owner or operator, and/or
                                guarantor must meet the financial test                       I am the chief financial officer of [insert:
                                requirements of 40 CFR 264.147(f)(1),                     name and address of the owner or operator,
                                substituting the appropriate amounts                      or guarantor]. This letter is in support of the
                                                                                          use of [insert: ‘‘the financial test of self-in-
                                specified in § 280.93 (b)(1) and (b)(2) for
                                                                                          surance,’’ and/or ‘‘guarantee’’] to dem-
                                the ‘‘amount of liability coverage’’                      onstrate financial responsibility for [insert:
                                each time specified in that section.                      ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or ‘‘compen-
                                   (2) The fiscal year-end financial                      sating third parties for bodily injury and
                                statements of the owner or operator,                      property damage’’] caused by [insert:

                                                                                     491



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00501   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.95                                                                    40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                ‘‘suddent accidential releases’’ and/or ‘‘non-                         EPA Regulations                        Amount
                                sudden accidential releases’’] in the amount
                                of at least [insert: dollar amount] per occur-             Closure (§§ 264.143 and 265.143) ...               $llll
                                rence and [insert: dollar amount] annual ag-               Post-Closure Care (§§ 264.145 and
                                gregate arising from operating (an) under-                   265.145) ...................................     $llll
                                ground storage tank(s).
                                                                                           Liability Coverage (§§ 264.147
                                   Underground storage tanks at the fol-
                                                                                             and 265.147) ............................        $llll
                                lowing facilities are assured by this financial
                                test or a financial test under an authorized               Corrective Action (§§ 264.101(b))                  $llll
                                State program by this [insert: ‘‘owner or op-              Plugging and Abandonment
                                erator,’’ and/or ‘‘guarantor’’]: [List for each              (§ 144.63) .................................     $llll
                                facility: the name and address of the facility             Closure .....................................      $llll
                                where tanks assured by this financial test                 Post-Closure Care .....................            $llll
                                are located, and whether tanks are assured                 Liabilitly Coverage ..................             $llll
                                by this financial test or a financial test                 Corrective Action .....................            $llll
                                under a State program approved under 40                    Plugging and Abandonment .....                     $llll
                                CFR part 281. If separate mechanisms or                         Total ..................................      $llll
                                combinations of mechanisms are being used
                                to assure any of the tanks at this facility,                  This [insert: ‘‘owner or operator,’’ or
                                list each tank assured by this financial test              ‘‘guarantor’’] has not received an adverse
                                or a financial test under a State program au-              opinion, a disclaimer of opinion, or a ‘‘going
                                thorized under 40 CFR part 281 by the tank                 concern’’ qualification from an independent
                                identification number provided in the notifi-              auditor on his financial statements for the
                                cation submitted pursuant to 40 CFR 280.22                 latest completed fiscal year.
                                or the corresponding State requirements.]                     [Fill in the information for Alternative I if
                                   A [insert: ‘‘financial test,’’ and/or ‘‘guar-           the criteria of paragraph (b) of § 280.95 are
                                antee’’] is also used by this [insert: ‘‘owner             being used to demonstrate compliance with
                                or operator,’’ or ‘‘guarantor’’] to dem-                   the financial test requirements. Fill in the
                                onstrate evidence of financial responsibility              information for Alternative II if the criteria
                                in the following amounts under other EPA                   of paragraph (c) of § 280.95 are being used to
                                regulations or state programs authorized by                demonstrate compliance with the financial
                                EPA under 40 CFR parts 271 and 145:                        test requirements.]

                                                                                Alternative I
                                   1.       Amount of annual UST aggregate coverage being assured by a
                                                                              financial test, and/or guarantee                                $llll
                                   2.   Amount of corrective action, closure and post-closure care costs,
                                         liability coverage, and plugging and abandonment costs covered
                                                                        by a financial test, and/or guarantee                                 $llll
                                   3.                                                        Sum of lines 1 and 2                             $llll
                                   4.                                                      Total tangible assets                              $llll
                                   5.           Total liabilities [if any of the amount reported on line 3 is
                                           included in total liabilities, you may deduct that amount from
                                                                     this line and add that amount to line 6]                                 $llll
                                   6.                       Tangible net worth [subtract line 5 from line 4]                                  $llll
                                                                                                                                              Yes No
                                   7.                                            Is line 6 at least $10 million?                               ll l
                                   8.                                       Is line 6 at least 10 times line 3?                                ll l
                                   9.         Have financial statements for the latest fiscal year been filed
                                                            with the Securities and Exchange Commission?                                       ll      l
                                  10.         Have financial statements for the latest fiscal year been filed
                                                             with the Energy Information Administration?                                       ll      l
                                  11.        Have financial statements for the lastest fiscal year been filed
                                                            with the Rural Electrification Administration?                                     ll      l
                                  12.      Has financial information been provided to Dun and Bradstreet,
                                           and has Dun and Bradstreet provided a financial strength rating
                                           of 4A or 5A? [Answer ‘‘Yes’’ only if both criteria have been met.]                                  ll

                                                                            Alternative II
                                   1.      Amount of annual UST aggregate coverage being assured by a
                                                                                      test, and/or guarantee                                  $llll
                                   2.   Amount of corrective action, closure and post-closure care costs,
                                         liability coverage, and plugging and abandonment costs covered
                                                                     by a financial test, and/or guarantee                                    $llll
                                   3.                                                    Sum of lines 1 and 2                                 $llll
                                   4.                                                  Total tangible assets                                  $llll

                                                                                      492



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005    Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00502   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010     Y:\SGML\205166.XXX          205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.96
                                                                          Alternative II—Continued
                                   5.           Total liabilities [if any of the amount reported on line 3 is
                                           included in total liabilities, you may deduct that amount from
                                                                     this line and add that amount to line 6]                       $llll
                                   6.                       Tangible net worth [subtract line 5 from line 4]                        $llll
                                   7.      Total assets in the U.S. [required only if less than 90 percent of
                                                                                assets are located in the U.S.]                     $llll
                                                                                                                                    Yes No
                                   8.                                           Is line 6 at least $10 million?                     $ll l
                                   9.                                        Is line 6 at least 6 times line 3?                      ll l
                                  10.       Are at least 90 percent of assets located in the U.S.? [If ‘‘No,’’
                                                                                             complete line 11.]                      ll   l
                                  11.                                        Is line 7 at least 6 times line 3?                      ll   l
                                                              [Fill in either lines 12–15 or lines 16–18:]
                                  12.                                                           Current assets                      $llll
                                  13.                                                       Current liabilities                      llll
                                  14.                   Net working capital [subtract line 13 from line 12]                         lllll
                                                                                                                                     Yes No
                                  15.                                    Is line 14 at least 6 times line 3?                         ll l
                                  16.                      Current bond rating of most recent bond issue                             ll l
                                  17.                                              Name of rating service                            ll l
                                  18.                                            Date of maturity of bond                            ll l
                                  19.       Have financial statements for the latest fiscal year been filed
                                            with the SEC, the Energy Information Administration, or the
                                                                  Rural Electrification Administration?                              ll


                                  [If ‘‘No,’’ please attach a report from an              nate coverage within 30 days after noti-
                                independent certified public accountant cer-              fication of such a finding.
                                tifying that there are no material differences              (g) If the owner or operator fails to
                                between the data as reported in lines 4–18
                                above and the financial statements for the
                                                                                          obtain alternate assurance within 150
                                latest fiscal year.]                                      days of finding that he or she no longer
                                  [For both Alternative I and Alternative II              meets the requirements of the finan-
                                complete the certification with this state-               cial test based on the year-end finan-
                                ment.]                                                    cial statements, or within 30 days of
                                  I hereby certify that the wording of this               notification by the Director of the im-
                                letter is identical to the wording specified in           plementing agency that he or she no
                                40 CFR part 280.95(d) as such regulations
                                were constituted on the date shown imme-
                                                                                          longer meets the requirements of the
                                diately below.                                            financial test, the owner or operator
                                  [Signature]                                             must notify the Director of such fail-
                                  [Name]                                                  ure within 10 days.
                                  [Title]
                                  [Date]                                                  § 280.96 Guarantee.
                                  (e) If an owner or operator using the                      (a) An owner or operator may satisfy
                                test to provide financial assurance                       the requirements of § 280.93 by obtain-
                                finds that he or she no longer meets                      ing a guarantee that conforms to the
                                the requirements of the financial test                    requirements of this section. The guar-
                                based on the year-end financial state-                    antor must be:
                                ments, the owner or operator must ob-                        (1) A firm that (i) possesses a control-
                                tain alternative coverage within 150                      ling interest in the owner or operator;
                                days of the end of the year for which fi-                 (ii) possesses a controlling interest in a
                                nancial statements have been prepared.                    firm described under paragraph (a)(1)(i)
                                  (f) The Director of the implementing                    of this section; or, (iii) is controlled
                                agency may require reports of financial                   through stock ownership by a common
                                condition at any time from the owner                      parent firm that possesses a control-
                                or operator, and/or guarantor. If the                     ling interest in the owner or operator;
                                Director finds, on the basis of such re-                  or,
                                ports or other information, that the                         (2) A firm engaged in a substantial
                                owner or operator, and/or guarantor, no                   business relationship with the owner or
                                longer meets the financial test require-                  operator and issuing the guarantee as
                                ments of § 280.95(b) or (c) and (d), the                  an act incident to that business rela-
                                owner or operator must obtain alter-                      tionship.

                                                                                     493



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00503   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.96                                                                 40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                  (b) Within 120 days of the close of                      ber provided in the notification submitted
                                each financial reporting year the guar-                    pursuant to 40 CFR 280.22 or the cor-
                                antor must demonstrate that it meets                       responding state requirement, and the name
                                                                                           and address of the facility.] This guarantee
                                the financial test criteria of § 280.95                    satisfies 40 CFR part 280, subpart H require-
                                based on year-end financial statements                     ments for assuring funding for [insert: ‘‘tak-
                                for the latest completed financial re-                     ing corrective action’’ and/or ‘‘compensating
                                porting year by completing the letter                      third parties for bodily injury and property
                                from the chief financial officer de-                       damage caused by’’ either ‘‘sudden acci-
                                scribed in § 280.95(d) and must deliver                    dental releases’’ or ‘‘nonsudden accidental
                                the letter to the owner or operator. If                    releases’’ or ‘‘accidental releases’’; if cov-
                                the guarantor fails to meet the require-                   erage is different for different tanks or loca-
                                                                                           tions, indicate the type of coverage applica-
                                ments of the financial test at the end                     ble to each tank or location] arising from op-
                                of any financial reporting year, within                    erating the above-identified underground
                                120 days of the end of that financial re-                  storage tank(s) in the amount of [insert dol-
                                porting year the guarantor shall send                      lar amount] per occurrence and [insert dollar
                                by certified mail, before cancellation                     amount] annual aggregate.
                                or nonrenewal of the guarantee, notice                       (3) [Insert appropriate phrase: ‘‘On behalf
                                to the owner or operator. If the Direc-                    of our subsidiary’’ (if guarantor is corporate
                                tor of the implementing agency noti-                       parent of the owner or operator); ‘‘On behalf
                                                                                           of our affiliate’’ (if guarantor is a related
                                fies the guarantor that he no longer                       firm of the owner or operator); or ‘‘Incident
                                meets the requirements of the finan-                       to our business relationship with’’ (if guar-
                                cial test of § 280.95 (b) or (c) and (d), the              antor is providing the guarantee as an inci-
                                guarantor must notify the owner or op-                     dent to a substantial business relationship
                                erator within 10 days of receiving such                    with owner or operator)] [owner or operator],
                                notification from the Director. In both                    guarantor guarantees to [implementing
                                cases, the guarantee will terminate no                     agency] and to any and all third parties that:
                                less than 120 days after the date the                        In the event that [owner or operator] fails
                                                                                           to provide alternative coverage within 60
                                owner or operator receives the notifica-                   days after receipt of a notice of cancellation
                                tion, as evidenced by the return re-                       of this guarantee and the [Director of the
                                ceipt. The owner or operator must ob-                      implementing agency] has determined or
                                tain alternative coverage as specified                     suspects that a release has occurred at an
                                in § 280.110(c).                                           underground storage tank covered by this
                                  (c) The guarantee must be worded as                      guarantee, the guarantor, upon instructions
                                follows, except that instructions in                       from the [Director], shall fund a standby
                                brackets are to be replaced with the                       trust fund in accordance with the provisions
                                                                                           of 40 CFR 280.108, in an amount not to exceed
                                relevant information and the brackets                      the coverage limits specified above.
                                deleted:                                                     In the event that the [Director] determines
                                                                                           that [owner or operator] has failed to per-
                                                    GUARANTEE
                                                                                           form corrective action for releases arising
                                  Guarantee made this [date] by [name of                   out of the operation of the above-identified
                                guaranteeing entity], a business entity orga-              tank(s) in accordance with 40 CFR part 280,
                                nized under the laws of the state of [name of              subpart F, the guarantor upon written in-
                                state], herein referred to as guarantor, to                structions from the [Director] shall fund a
                                [the state implementing agency] and to any                 standby trust in accordance with the provi-
                                and all third parties, and obligees, on behalf             sions of 40 CFR 280.108, in an amount not to
                                of [owner or operator] of [business address].              exceed the coverage limits specified above.
                                                                                             If [owner or operator] fails to satisfy a
                                                        Recitals.                          judgment or award based on a determination
                                  (1) Guarantor meets or exceeds the finan-                of liability for bodily injury or property
                                cial test criteria of 40 CFR 280.95 (b) or (c)             damage to third parties caused by [‘‘sudden’’
                                and (d) and agrees to comply with the re-                  and/or ‘‘nonsudden’’] accidential releases
                                quirements for guarantors as specified in 40               arising from the operation of the above-iden-
                                CFR 280.96(b).                                             tified tank(s), or fails to pay an amount
                                  (2) [Owner or operator] owns or operates                 agreed to in settlement of a claim arising
                                the following underground storage tank(s)                  from or alleged to arise from such injury or
                                covered by this guarantee: [List the number                damage, the guarantor, upon written in-
                                of tanks at each facility and the name(s) and              structions from the [Director], shall fund a
                                address(es) of the facility(ies) where the                 standby trust in accordance with the provi-
                                tanks are located. If more than one instru-                sions of 40 CFR 280.108 to satisfy such judg-
                                ment is used to assure different tanks at any              ment(s), award(s), or settlement agree-
                                one facility, for each tank covered by this in-            ment(s) up to the limits of coverage specified
                                strument, list the tank identification num-                above.

                                                                                      494



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000    Frm 00504   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                     § 280.97
                                  (4) Guarantor agrees that if, at the end of             were constituted on the effective date shown
                                any fiscal year before cancellation of this               immediately below.
                                guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet the fi-            Effective date:    lllllllllllllll
                                nancial test criteria of 40 CFR 280.95 (b) or             [Name of guarantor]
                                (c) and (d), guarantor shall send within 120              [Authorized signature for guarantor]
                                days of such failure, by certified mail, notice           [Name of person signing]
                                to [owner or operator]. The guarantee will                [Title of person signing]
                                terminate 120 days from the date of receipt               Signature of witness or notary:
                                of the notice by [owner or operator], as evi-             llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                denced by the return receipt.
                                  (5) Guarantor agrees to notify [owner or                  (d) An owner or operator who uses a
                                operator] by certified mail of a voluntary or             guarantee to satisfy the requirements
                                involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-              of § 280.93 must establish a standby
                                ruptcy), U.S. Code naming guarantor as                    trust fund when the guarantee is ob-
                                debtor, within 10 days after commencement                 tained. Under the terms of the guar-
                                of the proceeding.                                        antee, all amounts paid by the guar-
                                  (6) Guarantor agrees to remain bound                    antor under the guarantee will be de-
                                under this guarantee notwithstanding any
                                                                                          posited directly into the standby trust
                                modification or alteration of any obligation
                                of [owner or operator] pursuant to 40 CFR                 fund in accordance with instructions
                                part 280.                                                 from the Director of the implementing
                                  (7) Guarantor agrees to remain bound                    agency under § 280.108. This standby
                                under this guarantee for so long as [owner or             trust fund must meet the requirements
                                operator] must comply with the applicable                 specified in § 280.103.
                                financial responsibility requirements of 40
                                CFR part 280, subpart H for the above-identi-             § 280.97 Insurance and risk retention
                                fied tank(s), except that guarantor may can-                   group coverage.
                                cel this guarantee by sending notice by cer-
                                                                                             (a) An owner or operator may satisfy
                                tified mail to [owner or operator], such can-
                                cellation to become effective no earlier than             the requirements of § 290.93 by obtain-
                                120 days after receipt of such notice by                  ing liability insurance that conforms
                                [owner or operator], as evidenced by the re-              to the requirements of this section
                                turn receipt.                                             from a qualified insurer or risk reten-
                                  (8) The guarantor’s obligation does not                 tion group. Such insurance may be in
                                apply to any of the following:                            the form of a separate insurance policy
                                  (a) Any obligation of [insert owner or oper-            or an endorsement to an existing insur-
                                ator] under a workers’ compensation, dis-                 ance policy.
                                ability benefits, or unemployment com-
                                pensation law or other similar law;
                                                                                             (b) Each insurance policy must be
                                  (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert             amended by an endorsement worded as
                                owner or operator] arising from, and in the               specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec-
                                course of, employment by [insert owner or                 tion, or evidenced by a certificate of
                                operator];                                                insurance worded as specified in para-
                                  (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-              graph (b)(2) of this section, except that
                                ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or              instructions in brackets must be re-
                                entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor              placed with the relevant information
                                vehicle, or watercraft;                                   and the brackets deleted:
                                  (d) Property damage to any property
                                                                                           (1) Endorsement
                                owned, rented, loaded to, in the care, cus-
                                                                                          Name: [name of each covered location]
                                tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert
                                                                                          llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                owner or operator] that is not the direct re-             llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                sult of a release from a petroleum under-                 Address: [address of each covered location]
                                ground storage tank;                                      llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                  (e) Bodily damage or property damage for                llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                which [insert owner or operator] is obligated             Policy Number: lllllllllllllll
                                to pay damages by reason of the assumption                Period of Coverage: [current policy period]
                                of liability in a contract or agreement other             llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                than a contract or agreement entered into to              llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                meet the requirements of 40 CFR 280.93.                   Name of [Insurer or Risk Retention Group]:
                                  (9) Guarantor expressly waives notice of                llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                acceptance of this guarantee by [the imple-               llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                menting agency], by any or all third parties,             Address of [Insurer or Risk Retention
                                or by [owner or operator].                                Group]:
                                  I hereby certify that the wording of this               llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                guarantee is identical to the wording speci-              llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                fied in 40 CFR 280.96(c) as such regulations              Name of Insured: llllllllllllll

                                                                                     495



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00505   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.97                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                Address of Insured: lllllllllllll                         bination of mechanisms as specified in 40
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                  CFR 280.95–280.102.
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                    c. Whenever requested by [a Director of an
                                                                                          implementing agency], the [‘‘Insurer’’ or
                                                  ENDORSEMENT:                            ‘‘Group’’] agrees to furnish to [the Director]
                                   1. This endorsement certifies that the pol-            a signed duplicate original of the policy and
                                icy to which the endorsement is attached                  all endorsements.
                                provides liability insurance covering the fol-              d. Cancellation or any other termination of
                                lowing underground storage tanks:                         the insurance by the [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’],
                                   [List the number of tanks at each facility             except for non-payment of premium or mis-
                                     and the name(s) and address(es) of the fa-           representation by the insured, will be effec-
                                     cility(ies) where the tanks are located. If          tive only upon written notice and only after
                                     more than one instrument is used to as-              the expiration of 60 days after a copy of such
                                     sure different tanks at any one facility,            written notice is received by the insured.
                                     for each tank covered by this instru-                Cancellation for non-payment of premium or
                                     ment, list the tank identification num-              misrepresentation by the insured will be ef-
                                     ber provided in the notification sub-                fective only upon written notice and only
                                     mitted pursuant to 40 CFR 280.22, or the             after expiration of a minimum of 10 days
                                     corresponding state requirement, and the             after a copy of such written notice is re-
                                     name and address of the facility.]                   ceived by the insured.
                                for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or            [Insert for claims-made policies:
                                ‘‘compensating third parties for bodily in-                 e. The insurance covers claims otherwise
                                jury and property damage caused by’’ either               covered by the policy that are reported to
                                ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘nonsudden             the [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’] within six
                                accidental releases’’ or ‘‘accidental re-                 months of the effective date of cancellation
                                leases’’; in accordance with and subject to               or non-renewal of the policy except where
                                the limits of liability, exclusions, conditions,          the new or renewed policy has the same ret-
                                and other terms of the policy; if coverage is             roactive date or a retroactive date earlier
                                different for different tanks or locations, in-           than that of the prior policy, and which arise
                                dicate the type of coverage applicable to                 out of any covered occurrence that com-
                                each tank or location] arising from oper-                 menced after the policy retroactive date, if
                                ating the underground storage tank(s) iden-               applicable, and prior to such policy renewal
                                tified above.                                             or termination date. Claims reported during
                                   The limits of liability are [insert the dollar         such extended reporting period are subject to
                                amount of the ‘‘each occurrence’’ and ‘‘an-               the terms, conditions, limits, including lim-
                                nual aggregate’’ limits of the Insurer’s or               its of liability, and exclusions of the policy.]
                                Group’s liability; if the amount of coverage                I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                is different for different types of coverage or           instrument is identical to the wording in 40
                                for different underground storage tanks or                CFR 280.97(b)(1) and that the [‘‘Insurer’’ or
                                locations, indicate the amount of coverage                ‘‘Group’’] is [‘‘licensed to transact the busi-
                                for each type of coverage and/or for each un-             ness of insurance or eligible to provide insur-
                                derground storage tank or location], exclu-               ance as an excess or surplus lines insurer in
                                sive of legal defense costs, which are subject            one or more states’’].
                                to a separate limit under the policy. This                [Signature of authorized representative of
                                coverage is provided under [policy number].                 Insurer or Risk Retention Group]
                                The effective date of said policy is [date].              [Name of person signing]
                                   2. The insurance afforded with respect to              [Title of person signing], Authorized Rep-
                                such occurrences is subject to all of the                   resentative of [name of Insurer or Risk Re-
                                terms and conditions of the policy; provided,               tention Group]
                                however, that any provisions inconsistent                 [Address of Representative]
                                with subsections (a) through (e) of this Para-              (2) Certificate of Insurance
                                graph 2 are hereby amended to conform with                Name: [name of each covered location]
                                subsections (a) through (e);                              llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                   a. Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured             llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                shall not relieve the [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’]          Address: [address of each covered location]
                                of its obligations under the policy to which              llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                this endorsement is attached.                             llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                   b. The [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’] is liable for        Policy Number: lllllllllllllll
                                the payment of amounts within any deduct-                 Endorsement (if applicable): llllllll
                                ible applicable to the policy to the provider             Period of Coverage: [current policy period]
                                of corrective action or a damaged third-                  llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                party, with a right of reimbursement by the               Name of [Insurer or Risk Retention Group]:
                                insured for any such payment made by the                  llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’]. This provision does           llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                not apply with respect to that amount of any              Address of [Insurer or Risk Retention
                                deductible for which coverage is dem-                     Group]:
                                onstrated under another mechanism or com-                 llllllllllllllllllllllll

                                                                                     496



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00506   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                       § 280.98
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                    bination of mechanisms as specified in 40
                                Name of Insured: llllllllllllll                             CFR 280.95–280.102.
                                Address of Insured:                                           c. Whenever requested by [a Director of an
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                    implementing agency], the [‘‘Insurer’’ or
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                    ‘‘Group’’] agrees to furnish to [the Director]
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                    a signed duplicate original of the policy and
                                                                                            all endorsements.
                                                    Certification:
                                                                                              d. Cancellation or any other termination of
                                   1. [Name of Insurer or Risk Retention                    the insurance by the [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’],
                                Group], [the ‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’], as iden-            except for non-payment of premium or mis-
                                tified above, hereby certifies that it has                  representation by the insured, will be effec-
                                issued liability insurance covering the fol-                tive only upon written notice and only after
                                lowing underground storage tank(s):                         the expiration of 60 days after a copy of such
                                   [List the number of tanks at each facility               written notice is received by the insured.
                                     and the name(s) and address(es) of the fa-             Cancellation for non-payment of premium or
                                     cility(ies) where the tanks are located. If            misrepresentation by the insured will be ef-
                                     more than one instrument is used to as-                fective only upon written notice and only
                                     sure different tanks at any one facility,              after expiration of a minimum of 10 days
                                     for each tank covered by this instru-                  after a copy of such written notice is re-
                                     ment, list the tank identification num-                ceived by the insured.
                                     ber provided in the notification sub-                    [Insert for claims-made policies:
                                     mitted pursuant to 40 CFR 280.22, or the                 e. The insurance covers claims otherwise
                                     corresponding state requirement, and the               covered by the policy that are reported to
                                     name and address of the facility.]                     the [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’] within six
                                for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or            months of the effective date of cancellation
                                ‘‘compensating third parties for bodily in-                 or non-renewal of the policy except where
                                jury and property damage caused by’’ either                 the new or renewed policy has the same ret-
                                ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘nonsudden               roactive date or a retroactive date earlier
                                accidental releases’’ or ‘‘accidental re-                   than that of the prior policy, and which arise
                                leases’’; in accordance with and subject to                 out of any covered occurrence that com-
                                the limits of liability, exclusions, conditions,            menced after the policy retroactive date, if
                                and other terms of the policy; if coverage is
                                                                                            applicable, and prior to such policy renewal
                                different for different tanks or locations, in-
                                                                                            or termination date. Claims reported during
                                dicate the type of coverage applicable to
                                                                                            such extended reporting period are subject to
                                each tank or location] arising from oper-
                                                                                            the terms, conditions, limits, including lim-
                                ating the underground storage tank(s) iden-
                                                                                            its of liability, and exclusions of the policy.]
                                tified above.
                                   The limits of liability are [insert the dollar             I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                amount of the ‘‘each occurrence’’ and ‘‘an-                 instrument is identical to the wording in 40
                                nual aggregate’’ limits of the Insurer’s or                 CFR 280.97(b)(2) and that the [‘‘Insurer’’ or
                                Group’s liability; if the amount of coverage                ‘‘Group’’] is [‘‘licensed to transact the busi-
                                is different for different types of coverage or             ness of insurance, or eligible to provide in-
                                for different underground storage tanks or                  surance as an excess or surplus lines insurer,
                                locations, indicate the amount of coverage                  in one or more states’’].
                                for each type of coverage and/or for each un-               [Signature of authorized representative of
                                derground storage tank or location], exclu-                   Insurer]
                                sive of legal defense costs, which are subject              [Type name]
                                to a separate limit under the policy. This                  [Title], Authorized Representative of [name
                                coverage is provided under [policy number].                   of Insurer or Risk Retention Group]
                                The effective date of said policy is [date].                [Address of Representative]
                                   2. The [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’] further cer-
                                tifies the following with respect to the insur-               (c) Each insurance policy must be
                                ance described in Paragraph 1:                              issued by an insurer or a risk retention
                                   a. Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured               group that, at a minimum, is licensed
                                shall not relieve the [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’]            to transact the business of insurance or
                                of its obligations under the policy to which                eligible to provide insurance as an ex-
                                this certificate applies.                                   cess or surplus lines insurer in one or
                                   b. The [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’] is liable for
                                                                                            more states.
                                the payment of amounts within any deduct-
                                ible applicable to the policy to the provider               [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988, as amended at 54
                                of corrective action or a damaged third-                    FR 47081, Nov. 9, 1989]
                                party, with a right of reimbursement by the
                                insured for any such payment made by the                    § 280.98    Surety bond.
                                [‘‘Insurer’’ or ‘‘Group’’]. This provision does
                                not apply with respect to that amount of any                  (a) An owner or operator may satisfy
                                deductible for which coverage is dem-                       the requirements of § 280.93 by obtain-
                                onstrated under another mechanism or com-                   ing a surety bond that conforms to the

                                                                                       497



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000     Frm 00507   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.98                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                requirements of this section. The sur-                    of liability is indicated, the limit of liability
                                ety company issuing the bond must be                      shall be the full amount of the penal sums.
                                among those listed as acceptable sure-                      Whereas said Principal is required under
                                ties on federal bonds in the latest Cir-                  Subtitle I of the Resource Conservation and
                                                                                          Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended, to pro-
                                cular 570 of the U.S. Department of the                   vide financial assurance for [insert: ‘‘taking
                                Treasury.                                                 corrective action’’ and/or ‘‘compensating
                                  (b) The surety bond must be worded                      third parties for bodily injury and property
                                as follows, except that instructions in                   damage caused by’’ either ‘‘sudden acci-
                                brackets must be replaced with the rel-                   dental releases’’ or ‘‘nonsudden accidental
                                evant information and the brackets de-                    releases’’ or ‘‘accidental releases’’; if cov-
                                leted:                                                    erage is different for different tanks or loca-
                                                                                          tions, indicate the type of coverage applica-
                                               PERFORMANCE BOND                           ble to each tank or location] arising from op-
                                Date bond executed: lllllllllllll                         erating the underground storage tanks iden-
                                Period of coverage: lllllllllllll                         tified above, and
                                Principal: [legal name and business address                 Whereas said Principal shall establish a
                                of owner or operator]                                     standby trust fund as is required when a sur-
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                  ety bond is used to provide such financial as-
                                Type of organization: [insert ‘‘individual,’’             surance;
                                ‘‘joint venture,’’ ‘‘partnership,’’ or ‘‘corpora-           Now, therefore, the conditions of the obli-
                                tion’’]                                                   gation are such that if the Principal shall
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                  faithfully [‘‘take corrective action, in ac-
                                State of incorporation (if applicable):                   cordance with 40 CFR part 280, subpart F and
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                  the Director of the state implementing agen-
                                Surety(ies): [name(s) and business ad-                    cy’s instructions for,’’ and/or ‘‘compensate
                                dress(es)]                                                injured third parties for bodily injury and
                                llllllllllllllllllllllll                                  property damage caused by’’ either ‘‘sudden’’
                                Scope of Coverage: [List the number of tanks              or ‘‘nonsudden’’ or ‘‘sudden and nonsudden’’]
                                at each facility and the name(s) and ad-                  accidental releases arising from operating
                                dress(es) of the facility(ies) where the tanks            the tank(s) indentified above, or if the Prin-
                                are located. If more than one instrument is               cipal shall provide alternate financial assur-
                                used to assure different tanks at any one fa-             ance, as specified in 40 CFR part 280, subpart
                                cility, for each tank covered by this instru-             H, within 120 days after the date the notice
                                ment, list the tank identification number                 of cancellation is received by the Principal
                                provided in the notification submitted pursu-             from the Surety(ies), then this obligation
                                ant to 40 CFR 280.22, or the corresponding                shall be null and void; otherwise it is to re-
                                state requirement, and the name and address               main in full force and effect.
                                of the facility. List the coverage guaranteed               Such obligation does not apply to any of
                                by the bond: ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/            the following:
                                or ‘‘compensating third parties for bodily in-              (a) Any obligation of [insert owner or oper-
                                jury and property damage caused by’’ either               ator] under a workers’ compensation, dis-
                                ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘nonsudden             ability benefits, or unemployment com-
                                accidental releases’’ or ‘‘accidental releases’’          pensation law or other similar law;
                                ‘‘arising from operating the underground                    (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert
                                storage tank’’].                                          owner or operator] arising from, and in the
                                Penal sums of bond:                                       course of, employment by [insert owner or
                                Per occurrence $      llllllllllllll                      operator];
                                Annual aggregate $ lllllllllllll                            (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-
                                Surety’s bond number: lllllllllll                         ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or
                                   Know All Persons by These Presents, that               entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor
                                we, the Principal and Surety(ies), hereto are             vehicle, or watercraft;
                                firmly bound to [the implementing agency],                  (d) Property damage to any property
                                in the above penal sums for the payment of                owned, rented, loaned to, in the care, cus-
                                which we bind ourselves, our heirs, execu-                tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert
                                tors, administrators, successors, and assigns             owner or operator] that is not the direct re-
                                jointly and severally; provided that, where               sult of a release from a petroleum under-
                                the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-            ground storage tank;
                                sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in               (e) Bodily injury or property damage for
                                such sums jointly and severally only for the              which [insert owner or operator] is obligated
                                purpose of allowing a joint action or actions             to pay damages by reason of the assumption
                                against any or all of us, and for all other pur-          of liability in a contract or agreement other
                                poses each Surety binds itself, jointly and               than a contract or agreement entered into to
                                severally with the Principal, for the pay-                meet the requirements of 40 CFR 280.93.
                                ment of such sums only as is set forth oppo-                The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this
                                site the name of such Surety, but if no limit             bond obligation only when the Principal has

                                                                                     498



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00508   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                      § 280.99
                                failed to fulfill the conditions described                 [Corporate seal]
                                above.
                                   Upon notification by [the Director of the                             Corporate Surety(ies)
                                implementing agency] that the Principal has                [Name and address]
                                failed to [‘‘take corrective action, in accord-            [State of Incorporation: lllll
                                ance with 40 CFR part 280, subpart F and the               [Liability limit: $lllll
                                Director’s instructions,’’ and/or ‘‘compensate             [Signature(s)]
                                injured third parties’’] as guaranteed by this             [Names(s) and title(s)]
                                bond, the Surety(ies) shall either perform                 [Corporate seal]
                                [‘‘corrective action in accordance with 40
                                                                                             [For every co-surety, provide signature(s),
                                CFR part 280 and the Director’s instruc-
                                                                                           corporate seal, and other information in the
                                tions,’’ and/or ‘‘third-party liability com-
                                pensation’’] or place funds in an amount up                same manner as for Surety above.]
                                to the annual aggregate penal sum into the                 Bond premium: $lllll
                                standby trust fund as directed by [the Re-                   (c) Under the terms of the bond, the
                                gional Administrator or the Director] under
                                40 CFR 280.108.                                            surety will become liable on the bond
                                   Upon notification by [the Director] that                obligation when the owner or operator
                                the Principal has failed to provide alternate              fails to perform as guaranteed by the
                                financial assurance within 60 days after the               bond. In all cases, the surety’s liability
                                date the notice of cancellation is received by             is limited to the per-occurrence and an-
                                the Principal from the Surety(ies) and that                nual aggregate penal sums.
                                [the Director] has determined or suspects                    (d) The owner or operator who uses a
                                that a release has occurred, the Surety(ies)
                                shall place funds in an amount not exceeding               surety bond to satisfy the require-
                                the annual aggregate penal sum into the                    ments of § 280.93 must establish a
                                standby trust fund as directed by [the Direc-              standby trust fund when the surety
                                tor] under 40 CFR 280.108.                                 bond is acquired. Under the terms of
                                   The Surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notifica-               the bond, all amounts paid by the sur-
                                tion of amendments to applicable laws, stat-               ety under the bond will be deposited di-
                                utes, rules, and regulations and agrees that               rectly into the standby trust fund in
                                no such amendment shall in any way allevi-
                                ate its (their) obligation on this bond.
                                                                                           accordance with instructions from the
                                   The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be           Director under § 280.108. This standby
                                discharged by any payment or succession of                 trust fund must meet the requirements
                                payments hereunder, unless and until such                  specified in § 280.103.
                                payment or payments shall amount in the
                                annual aggregate to the penal sum shown on                 § 280.99 Letter of credit.
                                the face of the bond, but in no event shall
                                the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder
                                                                                              (a) An owner or operator may satisfy
                                exceed the amount of said annual aggregate                 the requirements of § 280.93 by obtain-
                                penal sum.                                                 ing an irrevocable standby letter of
                                   The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by                  credit that conforms to the require-
                                sending notice of cancellation by certified                ments of this section. The issuing in-
                                mail to the Principal, provided, however,                  stitution must be an entity that has
                                that cancellation shall not occur during the               the authority to issue letters of credit
                                120 days beginning on the date of receipt of
                                the notice of cancellation by the Principal,
                                                                                           in each state where used and whose let-
                                as evidenced by the return receipt.                        ter-of-credit operations are regulated
                                   The Principal may terminate this bond by                and examined by a federal or state
                                sending written notice to the Surety(ies).                 agency.
                                   In Witness Thereof, the Principal and Sur-                 (b) The letter of credit must be word-
                                ety(ies) have executed this Bond and have af-              ed as follows, except that instructions
                                fixed their seals on the date set forth above.             in brackets are to be replaced with the
                                   The persons whose signatures appear below
                                hereby certify that they are authorized to
                                                                                           relevant information and the brackets
                                execute this surety bond on behalf of the                  deleted:
                                Principal and Surety(ies) and that the word-                 IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
                                ing of this surety bond is identical to the
                                wording specified in 40 CFR 280.98(b) as such              [Name and address of issuing institution]
                                regulations were constituted on the date this              [Name and address of Director(s) of state im-
                                bond was executed.                                           plementing agency(ies)]
                                                                                             Dear Sir or Madam: We hereby establish
                                                        Principal                          our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.
                                [Signature(s)]                                             lll in your favor, at the request and for
                                [Names(s)]                                                 the account of [owner or operator name] of
                                [Title(s)]                                                 [address] up to the aggregate amount of [in

                                                                                      499



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000    Frm 00509   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.99                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                words] U.S. dollars ($[insert dollar amount]),            successive expiration date, unless, at least
                                available upon presentation [insert, if more              120 days before the curent expiration date,
                                than one Director of a state implementing                 we notify [owner or operator] by certified
                                agency is a beneficiary, ‘‘by any one of you’’]           mail that we have decided not to extend this
                                of                                                        letter of credit beyond the current expira-
                                  (1) your sight draft, bearing reference to              tion date. In the event that [owner or oper-
                                this letter of credit, No. lll, and                       ator] is so notified, any unused portion of
                                  (2) your signed statement reading as fol-
                                                                                          the credit shall be available upon presen-
                                lows: ‘‘I certify that the amount of the draft
                                                                                          tation of your sight draft for 120 days after
                                is payable persuant to regulations issued
                                under authority of Subtitle I of the Resource             the date of receipt by [owner or operator], as
                                Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as                 shown on the signed return receipt.
                                amended.’’                                                  Whenever this letter of credit is drawn on
                                  This letter of credit may be drawn on to                under and in compliance with the terms of
                                cover [insert: ‘‘taking corrective action’’               this credit, we shall duly honor such draft
                                and/or ‘‘compensating third parties for bod-              upon presentation to us, and we shall deposit
                                ily injury and property damage caused by’’                the amount of the draft directly into the
                                either ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘non-           standby trust fund of [owner or operator] in
                                sudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘accidental              accordance with your instructions.
                                releases’’] arising from operating the under-               We certify that the wording of this letter
                                ground storage tank(s) identified below in                of credit is identical to the wording specified
                                the amount of [in words] $[insert dollar                  in 40 CFR 280.99(b) as such regulations were
                                amount] per occurrence and [in words]                     constituted on the date shown immediately
                                $[insert dollar amount] annual aggregate:                 below.
                                  [List the number of tanks at each facility
                                                                                          [Signature(s) and title(s) of official(s) of
                                and the name(s) and address(es) of the facil-
                                ity(ies) where the tanks are located. If more             issuing institution]
                                than one instrument is used to assure dif-                [Date]
                                ferent tanks at any one facility, for each                  This credit is subject to [insert ‘‘the most
                                tank covered by this instrument, list the                 recent edition of the Uniform Customs and
                                tank identification number provided in the                Practice for Documentary Credits, published
                                notification submitted pursuant to 40 CFR
                                                                                          and copyrighted by the International Cham-
                                280.22, or the corresponding state require-
                                                                                          ber of Commerce,’’ or ‘‘the Uniform Commer-
                                ment, and the name and address of the facil-
                                ity.]                                                     cial Code’’].
                                  The letter of credit may not be drawn on to                (c) An owner or operator who uses a
                                cover any of the following:                               letter of credit to satisfy the require-
                                  (a) Any obligation of [insert owner or oper-            ments of § 280.93 must also establish a
                                ator] under a workers’ compensation, dis-                 standby trust fund when the letter of
                                ability benefits, or unemployment com-
                                                                                          credit is acquired. Under the terms of
                                pensation law or other similar law;
                                  (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert             the letter of credit, all amounts paid
                                owner or operator] arising from, and in the               pursuant to a draft by the Director of
                                course of, employment by [insert owner or                 the implementing agency will be depos-
                                operator];                                                ited by the issuing institution directly
                                  (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-              into the standby trust fund in accord-
                                ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or
                                entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor
                                                                                          ance with instructions from the Direc-
                                vehicle, or watercraft;                                   tor under § 280.108. This standby trust
                                  (d) Property damage to any property                     fund must meet the requirements spec-
                                owned, rented, loaned to, in the care, cus-               ified in § 280.103.
                                tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert                  (d) The letter of credit must be irrev-
                                owner or operator] that is not the direct re-             ocable with a term specified by the
                                sult of a release from a petroleum under-
                                ground storage tank;                                      issuing institution. The letter of credit
                                  (e) Bodily injury or property damage for                must provide that credit be automati-
                                which [insert owner or operator] is obligated             cally renewed for the same term as the
                                to pay damages by reason of the assumption                original term, unless, at least 120 days
                                of liability in a contract or agreement other             before the current expiration date, the
                                than a contract or agreement entered into to              issuing institution notifies the owner
                                meet the requirements of 40 CFR 280.93.
                                                                                          or operator by certified mail of its de-
                                  This letter of credit is effective as of [date]
                                and shall expire on [date], but such expira-
                                                                                          cision not to renew the letter of credit.
                                tion date shall be automatically extended for             Under the terms of the letter of credit,
                                a period of [at least the length of the origi-            the 120 days will begin on the date
                                nal term] on [expiration date] and on each                when the owner or operator receives

                                                                                     500



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00510   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.101

                                the notice, as evidenced by the return                    determination, the owners and opera-
                                receipt.                                                  tors using such mechanisms will be
                                [53 FR 37194, Sept. 23, 1988, as amended at 59
                                                                                          deemed to be in compliance with the
                                FR 29960, June 10, 1994]                                  requirements of § 280.93 for under-
                                                                                          ground storage tanks located in the
                                § 280.100 Use of state-required mecha-                    state for the amounts and types of
                                     nism.                                                costs covered by such mechanisms.
                                   (a) For underground storage tanks lo-                  [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988; 53 FR 51274, Dec.
                                cated in a state that does not have an                    21, 1988]
                                approved program, and where the state
                                requires owners or operators of under-                    § 280.101 State fund or other state as-
                                ground storage tanks to demonstrate                            surance.
                                financial responsibility for taking cor-                     (a) An owner or operator may satisfy
                                rective action and/or for compensating                    the requirements of § 280.93 for under-
                                third parties for bodily injury and                       ground storage tanks located in a
                                property damage, an owner or operator                     state, where EPA is administering the
                                may use a state-required financial                        requirements of this subpart, which
                                mechanism to meet the requirements                        assures that monies will be available
                                of § 280.93 if the Regional Administrator                 from a state fund or state assurance
                                determines that the state mechanism                       program to cover costs up to the limits
                                is at least equivalent to the financial                   specified in § 280.93 or otherwise assures
                                mechanisms specified in this subpart.                     that such costs will be paid if the Re-
                                   (b) The Regional Administrator will                    gional Administrator determines that
                                evaluate the equivalency of a state-re-                   the state’s assurance is at least equiva-
                                quired mechanism principally in terms                     lent to the financial mechanisms speci-
                                of: certainty of the availability of                      fied in this subpart.
                                funds for taking corrective action and/                      (b) The Regional Administrator will
                                or for compensating third parties; the                    evaluate the equivalency of a state
                                amount of funds that will be made                         fund or other state assurance prin-
                                available; and the types of costs cov-                    cipally in terms of: Certainty of the
                                ered. The Regional Administrator may                      availability of funds for taking correc-
                                also consider other factors as is nec-                    tive action and/or for compensating
                                essary.                                                   third parties; the amount of funds that
                                   (c) The state, an owner or operator,                   will be made available; and the types of
                                or any other interested party may sub-                    costs covered. The Regional Adminis-
                                mit to the Regional Administrator a                       trator may also consider other factors
                                written petition requesting that one or                   as is necessary.
                                more of the state-required mechanisms                        (c) The state must submit to the Re-
                                be considered acceptable for meeting                      gional Administrator a description of
                                the requirements of § 280.93. The sub-                    the state fund or other state assurance
                                mission must include copies of the ap-                    to be supplied as financial assurance,
                                propriate state statutory and regu-                       along with a list of the classes of un-
                                latory requirements and must show the                     derground storage tanks to which the
                                amount of funds for corrective action                     funds may be applied. The Regional Ad-
                                and/or for compensating third parties                     ministrator may require the state to
                                assured by the mechanism(s). The Re-                      submit additional information as is
                                gional Administrator may require the                      deemed necessary to make a deter-
                                petitioner to submit additional infor-                    mination regarding the acceptability
                                mation as is deemed necessary to make                     of the state fund or other state assur-
                                this determination.                                       ance. Pending the determination by
                                   (d) Any petition under this section                    the Regional Administrator, the owner
                                may be submitted on behalf of all of                      or operator of a covered class of USTs
                                the state’s underground storage tank                      will be deemed to be in compliance
                                owners and operators.                                     with the requirements of § 280.93 for the
                                   (e) The Regional Administrator will                    amounts and types of costs covered by
                                notify the petitioner of his determina-                   the state fund or other state assurance.
                                tion regarding the mechanism’s accept-                       (d) The Regional Administrator will
                                ability in lieu of financial mechanisms                   notify the state of his determination
                                specified in this subpart. Pending this                   regarding the acceptability of the

                                                                                     501



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00511   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.102                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                state’s fund or other assurance in lieu                     (f) Within 60 days after receiving a
                                of financial mechanisms specified in                      request from the owner or operator for
                                this subpart. Within 60 days after the                    release of funds as specified in para-
                                Regional Administrator notifies a state                   graph (d) or (e) of this section, the Di-
                                that a state fund or other state assur-                   rector of the implementing agency will
                                ance is acceptable, the state must pro-                   instruct the trustee to release to the
                                vide to each owner or operator for                        owner or operator such funds as the Di-
                                which it is assuming financial responsi-                  rector specifies in writing.
                                bility a letter or certificate describing
                                the nature of the state’s assumption of                   § 280.103 Standby trust fund.
                                responsibility. The letter or certificate                    (a) An owner or operator using any
                                from the state must include, or have                      one of the mechanisms authorized by
                                attached to it, the following informa-                    §§ 280.96, 280.98, or 280.99 must establish
                                tion: the facility’s name and address                     a standby trust fund when the mecha-
                                and the amount of funds for corrective                    nism is acquired. The trustee of the
                                action and/or for compensating third                      standby trust fund must be an entity
                                parties that is assured by the state.                     that has the authority to act as a
                                The owner or operator must maintain                       trustee and whose trust operations are
                                this letter or certificate on file as proof               regulated and examined by a Federal
                                of financial responsibility in accord-                    agency or an agency of the state in
                                ance with § 280.107(b)(5).                                which the fund is established.
                                                                                             (b)(1) The standby trust agreement,
                                § 280.102 Trust fund.                                     or trust agreement, must be worded as
                                   (a) An owner or operator may satisfy                   follows, except that instructions in
                                the requirements of § 280.93 by estab-                    brackets are to be replaced with the
                                lishing a trust fund that conforms to                     relevant information and the brackets
                                the requirements of this section. The                     deleted:
                                trustee must be an entity that has the                                   TRUST AGREEMENT
                                authority to act as a trustee and whose
                                trust operations are regulated and ex-                       Trust agreement, the ‘‘Agreement,’’ en-
                                                                                          tered into as of [date] by and between [name
                                amined by a federal agency or an agen-                    of the owner or operator], a [name of state]
                                cy of the state in which the fund is es-                  [insert ‘‘corporation,’’ ‘‘partnership,’’ ‘‘asso-
                                tablished.                                                ciation,’’ or ‘‘proprietorship’’], the ‘‘Grant-
                                   (b) The wording of the trust agree-                    or,’’ and [name of corporate trustee], [insert
                                ment must be identical to the wording                     ‘‘Incorporated in the state of lll’’ or ‘‘a
                                specified in § 280.103(b)(1), and must be                 national bank’’], the ‘‘Trustee.’’
                                accompanied by a formal certification                        Whereas, the United States Environmental
                                of acknowledgement as specified in                        Protection Agency, ‘‘EPA,’’ an agency of the
                                                                                          United States Government, has established
                                § 280.103(b)(2).                                          certain regulations applicable to the Grant-
                                   (c) The trust fund, when established,                  or, requiring that an owner or operator of an
                                must be funded for the full required                      underground storage tank shall provide as-
                                amount of coverage, or funded for part                    surance that funds will be available when
                                of the required amount of coverage and                    needed for corrective action and third-party
                                used in combination with other mecha-                     compensation for bodily injury and property
                                nism(s) that provide the remaining re-                    damage caused by sudden and nonsudden ac-
                                quired coverage.                                          cidental releases arising from the operation
                                                                                          of the underground storage tank. The at-
                                   (d) If the value of the trust fund is
                                                                                          tached Schedule A lists the number of tanks
                                greater than the required amount of                       at each facility and the name(s) and ad-
                                coverage, the owner or operator may                       dress(es) of the facility(ies) where the tanks
                                submit a written request to the Direc-                    are located that are covered by the stand-
                                tor of the implementing agency for re-                    point trust agreement.
                                lease of the excess.                                         [Whereas, the Grantor has elected to estab-
                                   (e) If other financial assurance as                    lish [insert either ‘‘a guarantee,’’ ‘‘surety
                                specified in this subpart is substituted                  bond,’’ or ‘‘letter of credit’’] to provide all or
                                                                                          part of such financial assurance for the un-
                                for all or part of the trust fund, the
                                                                                          derground storage tanks identified herein
                                owner or operator may submit a writ-                      and is required to establish a standby trust
                                ten request to the Director of the im-                    fund able to accept payments from the in-
                                plementing agency for release of the                      strument (This paragraph is only applicable
                                excess.                                                   to the standby trust agreement.)];

                                                                                     502



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00512   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                   § 280.103
                                  Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its                 the financial assurance mechanism identi-
                                duly authorized officers, has selected the                 fied in this Agreement.
                                Trustee to be the trustee under this agree-                  The Fund may not be drawn upon to cover
                                ment, and the Trustee is willing to act as                 any of the following:
                                trustee;                                                     (a) Any obligation of [insert owner or oper-
                                  Now, therefore, the Grantor and the Trust-               ator] under a workers’ compensation, dis-
                                ee agree as follows:                                       ability benefits, or unemployment com-
                                                                                           pensation law or other similar law;
                                                Section 1. Definitions
                                                                                             (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert
                                  As used in this Agreement:                               owner or operator] arising from, and in the
                                  (a) The term ‘‘Grantor’’ means the owner                 course of employment by [insert owner or
                                or operator who enters into this Agreement                 operator];
                                and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.                (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-
                                  (b) The term ‘‘Trustee’’ means the Trustee               ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or
                                who enters into this Agreement and any suc-                entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor
                                cessor Trustee.                                            vehicle, or watercraft;
                                                                                             (d) Property damage to any property
                                    Section 2. Identification of the Financial             owned, rented, loaned to, in the care, cus-
                                              Assurance Mechanism                          tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert
                                  This Agreement pertains to the [identify                 owner or operator] that is not the direct re-
                                the financial assurance mechanism, either a                sult of a release from a petroleum under-
                                guarantee, surety bond, or letter of credit,               ground storage tank;
                                from which the standby trust fund is estab-                  (e) Bodily injury or property damage for
                                lished to receive payments (This paragraph                 which [insert owner or operator] is obligated
                                is only applicable to the standby trust agree-             to pay damages by reason of the assumption
                                ment.)].                                                   of liability in a contract or agreement other
                                                                                           than a contract or agreement entered into to
                                           Section 3. Establishment of Fund                meet the requirements of 40 CFR 280.93.
                                                                                             The Trustee shall reimburse the Grantor,
                                  The Grantor and the Trustee hereby estab-
                                                                                           or other persons as specified by [the Direc-
                                lish a trust fund, the ‘‘Fund,’’ for the benefit
                                                                                           tor], from the Fund for corrective action ex-
                                of [implementing agency]. The Grantor and
                                                                                           penditures     and/or   third-party  liability
                                the Trustee intend that no third party have
                                                                                           claims in such amounts as [the Director]
                                access to the Fund except as herein provided.
                                                                                           shall direct in writing. In addition, the
                                [The Fund is established initially as a stand-
                                                                                           Trustee shall refund to the Grantor such
                                by to receive payments and shall not consist
                                                                                           amounts as [the Director] specifies in writ-
                                of any property.] Payments made by the pro-
                                                                                           ing. Upon refund, such funds shall no longer
                                vider of financial assurance pursuant to [the
                                                                                           constitute part of the Fund as defined here-
                                Director of the implementing agency’s] in-
                                                                                           in.
                                struction are transferred to the Trustee and
                                are referred to as the Fund, together with all                Section 5. Payments Comprising the Fund
                                earnings and profits thereon, less any pay-
                                ments or distributions made by the Trustee                   Payments made to the Trustee for the
                                pursuant to this Agreement. The Fund shall                 Fund shall consist of cash and securities ac-
                                be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as herein-               ceptable to the Trustee.
                                after provided. The Trustee shall not be re-
                                sponsible nor shall it undertake any respon-                           Section 6. Trustee Management
                                sibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor                  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the
                                any duty to collect from the Grantor as pro-               principal and income of the Fund and keep
                                vider of financial assurance, any payments                 the Fund invested as a single fund, without
                                necessary to discharge any liability of the                distinction between principal and income, in
                                Grantor established by [the state imple-                   accordance with general investment policies
                                menting agency]                                            and guidelines which the Grantor may com-
                                                                                           municate in writing to the Trustee from
                                  Section 4. Payment for [‘‘Corrective Action’’
                                                                                           time to time, subject, however, to the provi-
                                     and/or Third-Party Liability Claims’’]
                                                                                           sions of this Section. In investing, rein-
                                   The Trustee shall make payments from the                vesting, exchanging, selling, and managing
                                Fund as [the Director of the implementing                  the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his du-
                                agency] shall direct, in writing, to provide               ties with respect to the trust fund solely in
                                for the payment of the costs of [insert:                   the interest of the beneficiaries and with the
                                ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or compen-                care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
                                sating third parties for bodily injury and                 circumstances then prevailing which persons
                                property damage caused by’’ either ‘‘sudden                of prudence, acting in a like capacity and fa-
                                accidental releases’’ or ‘‘nonsudden acci-                 miliar with such matters, would use in the
                                dental releases’’ or ‘‘accidental releases’’]              conduct of an enterprise of a like character
                                arising from operating the tanks covered by                and with like aims; except that:

                                                                                      503



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005    Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00513   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010    Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.103                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                  (i) Securities or other obligations of the              may be merged and held in bulk in the name
                                Grantor, or any other owner or operator of                of the nominee of such depository with other
                                the tanks, or any of their affiliates as de-              securities deposited therein by another per-
                                fined in the Investment Company Act of 1940,              son, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit
                                as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a), shall not be              of any securities issued by the United States
                                acquired or held, unless they are securities              Government, or any agency or instrumen-
                                or other obligations of the federal or a state            tality thereof, with a Federal Reserve bank,
                                government;                                               but the books and records of the Trustee
                                  (ii) The Trustee is authorized to invest the            shall at all times show that all such securi-
                                Fund in time or demand deposits of the                    ties are part of the Fund;
                                Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency                 (d) To deposit any cash in the Fund in in-
                                of the federal or state government; and                   terest-bearing accounts maintained or sav-
                                  (iii) The Trustee is authorized to hold cash            ings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its
                                awaiting     investment      or   distribution            separate corporate capacity, or in any other
                                uninvested for a reasonable time and with-                banking institution affiliated with the
                                out liability for the payment of interest                 Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency
                                thereon.                                                  of the federal or state government; and
                                                                                            (e) To compromise or otherwise adjust all
                                     Section 7. Commingling and Investment                claims in favor of or against the Fund.
                                  The Trustee is expressly authorized in its                          Section 9. Taxes and Expenses
                                discretion:
                                  (a) To transfer from time to time any or                  All taxes of any kind that may be assessed
                                all of the assets of the Fund to any common,              or levied against or in respect of the Fund
                                commingled, or collective trust fund created              and all brokerage commissions incurred by
                                by the Trustee in which the Fund is eligible              the Fund shall be paid from the Fund. All
                                to participate, subject to all of the provi-              other expenses incurred by the Trustee in
                                sions thereof, to be commingled with the as-              connection with the administration of this
                                sets of other trusts participating therein;               Trust, including fees for legal services ren-
                                and                                                       dered to the Trustee, the compensation of
                                  (b) To purchase shares in any investment                the Trustee to the extent not paid directly
                                company registered under the Investment                   by the Grantor, and all other proper charges
                                Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.,             and disbursements of the Trustee shall be
                                including one which may be created, man-                  paid from the Fund.
                                aged, underwritten, or to which investment                            Section 10. Advice of Counsel
                                advice is rendered or the shares of which are
                                sold by the Trustee. The Trustee may vote                   The Trustee may from time to time con-
                                such shares in its discretion.                            sult with counsel, who may be counsel to the
                                                                                          Grantor, with respect to any questions aris-
                                      Section 8. Express Powers of Trustee                ing as to the construction of this Agreement
                                  Without in any way limiting the powers                  or any action to be taken hereunder. The
                                and discretions conferred upon the Trustee                Trustee shall be fully protected, to the ex-
                                by the other provisions of this Agreement or              tent permitted by law, in acting upon the ad-
                                by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized               vice of counsel.
                                and empowered:                                                   Section 11. Trustee Compensation
                                  (a) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or
                                otherwise dispose of any property held by it,               The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable
                                by public or private sale. No person dealing              compensation for its services as agreed upon
                                with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the             in writing from time to time with the Grant-
                                application of the purchase money or to in-               or.
                                quire into the validity or expediency of any
                                                                                                      Section 12. Successor Trustee
                                such sale or other disposition;
                                  (b) To make, execute, acknowledge, and de-                The Trustee may resign or the Grantor
                                liver any and all documents of transfer and               may replace the Trustee, but such resigna-
                                conveyance and any and all other instru-                  tion or replacement shall not be effective
                                ments that may be necessary or appropriate                until the Grantor has appointed a successor
                                to carry out the powers herein granted;                   trustee and this successor accepts the ap-
                                  (c) To register any securities held in the              pointment. The successor trustee shall have
                                Fund in its own name or in the name of a                  the same powers and duties as those con-
                                nominee and to hold any security in bearer                ferred upon the Trustee hereunder. Upon the
                                form or in book entry, or to combine certifi-             successor trustee’s acceptance of the ap-
                                cates representing such securities with cer-              pointment, the Trustee shall assign, trans-
                                tificates of the same issue held by the Trust-            fer, and pay over to the successor trustee the
                                ee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit           funds and properties then constituting the
                                or arrange for the deposit of such securities             Fund. If for any reason the Grantor cannot
                                in a qualified central depository even                    or does not act in the event of the resigna-
                                though, when so deposited, such securities                tion of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply

                                                                                     504



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00514   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010    Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                    § 280.103
                                to a court of competent jurisdiction for the              accordance with this Agreement. The Trust-
                                appointment of a successor trustee or for in-             ee shall be indemnified and saved harmless
                                structions. The successor trustee shall speci-            by the Grantor, from and against any per-
                                fy the date on which it assumes administra-               sonal liability to which the Trustee may be
                                tion of the trust in writing sent to the                  subjected by reason of any act or conduct in
                                Grantor and the present Trustee by certified              its official capacity, including all expenses
                                mail 10 days before such change becomes ef-               reasonably incurred in its defense in the
                                fective. Any expenses incurred by the Trust-              event the Grantor fails to provide such de-
                                ee as a result of any of the acts con-                    fense.
                                templated by this Section shall be paid as
                                provided in Section 9.                                                Section 17. Choice of Law
                                                                                            This Agreement shall be administered,
                                     Section 13. Instructions to the Trustee
                                                                                          construed, and enforced according to the
                                  All orders, requests, and instructions by               laws of the state of [insert name of state], or
                                the Grantor to the Trustee shall be in writ-              the Comptroller of the Currency in the case
                                ing, signed by such persons as are designated             of National Association banks.
                                in the attached Schedule B or such other
                                designees as the Grantor may designate by                             Section 18. Interpretation
                                amendment to Schedule B. The Trustee shall                  As used in this Agreement, words in the
                                be fully protected in acting without inquiry              singular include the plural and words in the
                                in accordance with the Grantor’s orders, re-              plural include the singular. The descriptive
                                quests, and instructions. All orders, re-                 headings for each section of this Agreement
                                quests, and instructions by [the Director of              shall not affect the interpretation or the
                                the implementing agency] to the Trustee                   legal efficacy of this Agreement.
                                shall be in writing, signed by [the Director],              In Witness whereof the parties have caused
                                and the Trustee shall act and shall be fully              this Agreement to be executed by their re-
                                protected in acting in accordance with such               spective officers duly authorized and their
                                orders, requests, and instructions. The                   corporate seals (if applicable) to be hereunto
                                Trustee shall have the right to assume, in                affixed and attested as of the date first above
                                the absence of written notice to the con-                 written. The parties below certify that the
                                trary, that no event constituting a change or             wording of this Agreement is identical to the
                                a termination of the authority of any person              wording specified in 40 CFR 280.103(b)(1) as
                                to act on behalf of the Grantor or [the direc-
                                                                                          such regulations were constituted on the
                                tor] hereunder has occurred. The Trustee
                                                                                          date written above.
                                shall have no duty to act in the absence of
                                such orders, requests, and instructions from              [Signature of Grantor]
                                the Grantor and/or [the Director], except as              [Name of the Grantor]
                                provided for herein.                                      [Title]
                                                                                          Attest:
                                      Section 14. Amendment of Agreement                    [Signature of Trustee]
                                  This Agreement may be amended by an in-                   [Name of the Trustee]
                                strument in writing executed by the Grantor                 [Title]
                                and the Trustee, or by the Trustee and [the                 [Seal]
                                Director of the implementing agency] if the                 [Signature of Witness]
                                                                                            [Name of the Witness]
                                Grantor ceases to exist.
                                                                                            [Title]
                                   Section 15. Irrevocability and Termination               [Seal]
                                  Subject to the right of the parties to                    (2) The standby trust agreement, or
                                amend this Agreement as provided in Sec-                  trust agreement must be accompanied
                                tion 14, this Trust shall be irrevocable and              by a formal certification of acknowl-
                                shall continue until terminated at the writ-              edgement similar to the following.
                                ten direction of the Grantor and the Trustee,             State requirements may differ on the
                                or by the Trustee and [the Director of the                proper content of this acknowledg-
                                implementing agency], if the Grantor ceases               ment.
                                to exist. Upon termination of the Trust, all
                                remaining trust property, less final trust ad-            State of lllllllllllllllllll
                                ministration expenses, shall be delivered to              County of llllllllllllllllll
                                the Grantor.                                                On this [date], before me personally came
                                                                                          [owner or operator] to me known, who, being
                                   Section 16. Immunity and Indemnification
                                                                                          by me duly sworn, did depose and say that
                                  The Trustee shall not incur personal liabil-            she/he resides at [address], that she/he is
                                ity of any nature in connection with any act              [title] of [corporation], the corporation de-
                                or omission, made in good faith, in the ad-               scribed in and which executed the above in-
                                ministration of this Trust, or in carrying out            strument; that she/he knows the seal of said
                                any directions by the Grantor or [the Direc-              corporation; that the seal affixed to such in-
                                tor of the implementing agency] issued in                 strument is such corporate seal; that it was

                                                                                     505



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00515   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.104                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                so affixed by order of the Board of Directors             bonds of $1 million or more, excluding
                                of said corporation; and that she/he signed               refunded issues and by also having a
                                her/his name thereto by like order.                       Moody’s rating of Aaa, A, A, or Baa, or
                                [Signature of Notary Public]                              a Standard & Poor’s rating of AAA,
                                  [Name of Notary Public]
                                                                                          AA, A, or BBB as the lowest rating for
                                  (c) The Director of the implementing                    any rated revenue bond issued by the
                                agency will instruct the trustee to re-                   local government. Where bonds are
                                fund the balance of the standby trust                     rated by both Moody’s and Standard &
                                fund to the provider of financial assur-                  Poor’s, the lower rating for each bond
                                ance if the Director determines that no                   must be used to determine eligibility.
                                additional corrective action costs or                     Bonds that are backed by credit en-
                                third-party liability claims will occur                   hancement may not be considered in
                                as a result of a release covered by the                   determining the amount of applicable
                                financial assurance mechanism for                         bonds outstanding.
                                which the standby trust fund was es-                        (c) The local government owner or
                                tablished.                                                operator and/or guarantor must main-
                                  (d) An owner or operator may estab-                     tain a copy of its bond rating published
                                lish one trust fund as the depository                     within the last 12 months by Moody’s
                                mechanism for all funds assured in                        or Standard & Poor’s.
                                compliance with this rule.
                                                                                            (d) To demonstrate that it meets the
                                [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988; 53 FR 51274, Dec.            local government bond rating test, the
                                21, 1988]                                                 chief financial officer of a general pur-
                                                                                          pose local government owner or oper-
                                § 280.104 Local government bond rat-                      ator and/or guarantor must sign a let-
                                     ing test.
                                                                                          ter worded exactly as follows, except
                                   (a) A general purpose local govern-                    that the instructions in brackets are to
                                ment owner or operator and/or local                       be replaced by the relevant informa-
                                government serving as a guarantor                         tion and the brackets deleted:
                                may satisfy the requirements of § 280.93
                                by having a currently outstanding                            LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                issue or issues of general obligation                        I am the chief financial officer of [insert:
                                bonds of $1 million or more, excluding                    name and address of local government owner
                                refunded obligations, with a Moody’s                      or operator, or guarantor]. This letter is in
                                rating of Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa, or a                        support of the use of the bond rating test to
                                Standard & Poor’s rating of AAA, AA,                      demonstrate financial responsibility for [in-
                                A, or BBB. Where a local government                       sert: ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or
                                has multiple outstanding issues, or                       ‘‘compensating third parties for bodily in-
                                where a local government’s bonds are                      jury and property damage’’] caused by [in-
                                                                                          sert: ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ and/or
                                rated by both Moody’s and Standard                        ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’] in the
                                and Poor’s, the lowest rating must be                     amount of at least [insert: dollar amount]
                                used to determine eligibility. Bonds                      per occurrence and [insert: dollar amount]
                                that are backed by credit enhancement                     annual aggregate arising from operating (an)
                                other than municipal bond insurance                       underground storage tank(s).
                                may not be considered in determining                         Underground storage tanks at the fol-
                                the amount of applicable bonds out-                       lowing facilities are assured by this bond
                                standing.                                                 rating test: [List for each facility: the name
                                   (b) A local government owner or op-                    and address of the facility where tanks are
                                erator or local government serving as a                   assured by the bond rating test].
                                guarantor that is not a general-purpose                      The details of the issue date, maturity,
                                                                                          outstanding amount, bond rating, and bond
                                local government and does not have                        rating agency of all outstanding bond issues
                                the legal authority to issue general ob-                  that are being used by [name of local govern-
                                ligation bonds may satisfy the require-                   ment owner or operator, or guarantor] to
                                ments of § 280.93 by having a currently                   demonstrate financial responsibility are as
                                outstanding issue or issues of revenue                    follows: [complete table]

                                      Issue date            Maturity date      Outstanding amount        Bond rating           Rating agency

                                                                                                                           [Moody’s or Standard &
                                                                                                                             Poor’s]




                                                                                     506



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00516   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX    205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                    § 280.104
                                  The total outstanding obligation of [insert                LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                amount], excluding refunded bond issues, ex-
                                ceeds the minimum amount of $1 million. All                  I am the chief financial officer of [insert:
                                outstanding general obligation bonds issued               name and address of local government owner
                                by this government that have been rated by                or operator, or guarantor]. This letter is in
                                Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s are rated as at              support of the use of the bond rating test to
                                least investment grade (Moody’s Baa or                    demonstrate financial responsibility for [in-
                                Standard & Poor’s BBB) based on the most                  sert: ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or
                                recent ratings published within the last 12               ‘‘compensating third parties for bodily in-
                                months. Neither rating service has provided               jury and property damage’’] caused by [in-
                                notification within the last 12 months of                 sert : ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ and/or
                                downgrading of bond ratings below invest-                 ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’] in the
                                ment grade or of withdrawal of bond rating                amount of at least [insert: dollar amount]
                                other than for repayment of outstanding                   per occurrence and [insert: dollar amount]
                                bond issues.                                              annual aggregate arising from operating (an)
                                  I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                                                                          underground storage tank(s). This local gov-
                                letter is identical to the wording specified in
                                                                                          ernment is not organized to provide general
                                40 CFR Part 280.104(d) as such regulations
                                were constituted on the date shown imme-                  governmental services and does not have the
                                diately below.                                            legal authority under state law or constitu-
                                [Date] llllllllllllllllllll                               tional provisions to issue general obligation
                                [Signature] lllllllllllllllll                             debt.
                                [Name]     lllllllllllllllllll                               Underground storage tanks at the fol-
                                [Title] llllllllllllllllllll                              lowing facilities are assured by this bond
                                  (e) To demonstrate that it meets the                    rating test: [List for each facility: the name
                                local government bond rating test, the                    and address of the facility where tanks are
                                                                                          assured by the bond rating test].
                                chief financial officer of local govern-
                                                                                             The details of the issue date, maturity,
                                ment owner or operator and/or guar-
                                                                                          outstanding amount, bond rating, and bond
                                antor other than a general purpose                        rating agency of all outstanding revenue
                                government must sign a letter worded                      bond issues that are being used by [name of
                                exactly as follows, except that the in-                   local government owner or operator, or guar-
                                structions in brackets are to be re-                      antor] to demonstrate financial responsi-
                                placed by the relevant information and                    bility are as follows: [complete table]
                                the brackets deleted:
                                      Issue date            Maturity date      Outstanding amount        Bond rating           Rating agency

                                                                                                                           [Moody’s or Standard &
                                                                                                                             Poor’s]



                                  The total outstanding obligation of [insert             [Signature] lllllllllllllllll
                                amount], excluding refunded bond issues, ex-              [Name]   lllllllllllllllllll
                                ceeds the minimum amount of $1 million. All               [Title] llllllllllllllllllll
                                outstanding revenue bonds issued by this
                                government that have been rated by Moody’s                  (f) The Director of the implementing
                                or Standard & Poor’s are rated as at least in-            agency may require reports of financial
                                vestment grade (Moody’s Baa or Standard &                 condition at any time from the local
                                Poor’s BBB) based on the most recent rat-                 government owner or operator, and/or
                                ings published within the last 12 months.
                                                                                          local government guarantor. If the Di-
                                The revenue bonds listed are not backed by
                                third-party credit enhancement or are in-                 rector finds, on the basis of such re-
                                sured by a municipal bond insurance com-                  ports or other information, that the
                                pany. Neither rating service has provided no-             local government owner or operator,
                                tification within the last 12 months of down-             and/or guarantor, no longer meets the
                                grading of bond ratings below investment                  local government bond rating test re-
                                grade or of withdrawal of bond rating other               quirements of § 280.104, the local gov-
                                than for repayment of outstanding bond                    ernment owner or operator must ob-
                                issues.
                                  I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                                                                          tain alternative coverage within 30
                                letter is identical to the wording specified in           days after notification of such a find-
                                40 CFR part 280.104(e) as such regulations                ing.
                                were constituted on the date shown imme-                    (g) If a local government owner or op-
                                diately below.                                            erator using the bond rating test to
                                [Date] llllllllllllllllllll                               provide financial assurance finds that

                                                                                     507



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00517   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX    205166
                                § 280.105                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                it no longer meets the bond rating test                   ments on debt, payments for retire-
                                requirements, the local government                        ment of debt principal, and total ex-
                                owner or operator must obtain alter-                      penditures from all other governmental
                                native coverage within 150 days of the                    funds including enterprise, debt serv-
                                change in status.                                         ice, capital projects, and special reve-
                                [58 FR 9053, Feb. 18, 1993]                               nues. For purposes of this test, the cal-
                                                                                          culation of total expenditures shall ex-
                                § 280.105 Local government financial                      clude all transfers between funds under
                                      test.                                               the direct control of the local govern-
                                   (a) A local government owner or op-                    ment      using    the    financial    test
                                erator may satisfy the requirements of                    (interfund transfers).
                                § 280.93 by passing the financial test                      (iii) Local revenues: Consists of total
                                specified in this section. To be eligible                 revenues (as defined in paragraph
                                to use the financial test, the local gov-                 (b)(1)(i) of this section) minus the sum
                                ernment owner or operator must have                       of all transfers from other govern-
                                the ability and authority to assess and                   mental entities, including all monies
                                levy taxes or to freely establish fees                    received from Federal, state, or local
                                and charges. To pass the local govern-                    government sources.
                                ment financial test, the owner or oper-
                                                                                            (iv) Debt service: Consists of the sum
                                ator must meet the criteria of para-
                                                                                          of all interest and principal payments
                                graphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section
                                based on year-end financial statements                    on all long-term credit obligations and
                                for the latest completed fiscal year.                     all interest-bearing short-term credit
                                   (b)(1) The local government owner or                   obligations. Includes interest and prin-
                                operator must have the following infor-                   cipal payments on general obligation
                                mation available, as shown in the year-                   bonds, revenue bonds, notes, mort-
                                end financial statements for the latest                   gages, judgments, and interest bearing
                                completed fiscal year:                                    warrants. Excludes payments on non-
                                   (i) Total revenues: Consists of the sum                interest-bearing     short-term     obliga-
                                of general fund operating and non-oper-                   tions, interfund obligations, amounts
                                ating revenues including net local                        owed in a trust or agency capacity, and
                                taxes, licenses and permits, fines and                    advances and contingent loans from
                                forfeitures, revenues from use of money                   other governments.
                                and property, charges for services, in-                     (v) Total funds: Consists of the sum of
                                vestment earnings, sales (property,                       cash and investment securities from all
                                publications, etc.), intergovernmental                    funds, including general, enterprise,
                                revenues (restricted and unrestricted),                   debt service, capital projects, and spe-
                                and total revenues from all other gov-                    cial revenue funds, but excluding em-
                                ernmental funds including enterprise,                     ployee retirement funds, at the end of
                                debt service, capital projects, and spe-                  the local government’s financial re-
                                cial revenues, but excluding revenues
                                                                                          porting year. Includes Federal securi-
                                to funds held in a trust or agency ca-
                                                                                          ties, Federal agency securities, state
                                pacity. For purposes of this test, the
                                                                                          and local government securities, and
                                calculation of total revenues shall ex-
                                                                                          other securities such as bonds, notes
                                clude all transfers between funds under
                                the direct control of the local govern-                   and mortgages. For purposes of this
                                ment        using  the     financial   test               test, the calculation of total funds
                                (interfund transfers), liquidation of in-                 shall exclude agency funds, private
                                vestments, and issuance of debt.                          trust funds, accounts receivable, value
                                   (ii) Total expenditures: Consists of the               of real property, and other non-secu-
                                sum of general fund operating and non-                    rity assets.
                                operating expenditures including pub-                       (vi) Population consists of the number
                                lic safety, public utilities, transpor-                   of people in the area served by the
                                tation, public works, environmental                       local government.
                                protection, cultural and recreational,                      (2) The local government’s year-end
                                community development, revenue shar-                      financial statements, if independently
                                ing, employee benefits and compensa-                      audited, cannot include an adverse
                                tion, office management, planning and                     auditor’s opinion or a disclaimer of
                                zoning, capital projects, interest pay-                   opinion. The local government cannot

                                                                                     508



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00518   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                   § 280.105

                                have outstanding issues of general obli-                   WORKSHEET FOR MUNICIPAL FINANCIAL TEST
                                gation or revenue bonds that are rated                                Part I: Basic Information
                                as less than investment grade.
                                  (3) The local government owner or                                       1. Total Revenues
                                operator must have a letter signed by                     a. Revenues (dollars) llllll
                                the chief financial officer worded as                        Value of revenues excludes liquidation of
                                specified in paragraph (c) of this sec-                        investments and issuance of debt. Value
                                tion.                                                          includes all general fund operating and
                                                                                               non-operating revenues, as well as all
                                  (c) To demonstrate that it meets the                         revenues from all other governmental
                                financial test under paragraph (b) of                          funds including enterprise, debt service,
                                this section, the chief financial officer                      capital projects, and special revenues,
                                of the local government owner or oper-                         but excluding revenues to funds held in a
                                ator, must sign, within 120 days of the                        trust or agency capacity.
                                                                                          b.    Subtract    interfund   transfers  (dol-
                                close of each financial reporting year,
                                                                                             lars)llllll
                                as defined by the twelve-month period                     c. Total Revenues (dollars)llllll
                                for which financial statements used to
                                support the financial test are prepared,                                2. Total Expenditures
                                a letter worded exactly as follows, ex-                   a. Expenditures (dollars) llllll
                                cept that the instructions in brackets                       Value consists of the sum of general fund
                                are to be replaced by the relevant in-                         operating and non-operating expendi-
                                                                                               tures including interest payments on
                                formation and the brackets deleted:
                                                                                               debt, payments for retirement of debt
                                   LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER                         principal, and total expenditures from all
                                                                                               other governmental funds including en-
                                   I am the chief financial officer of [insert:                terprise, debt service, capital projects,
                                name and address of the owner or operator].                    and special revenues.
                                This letter is in support of the use of the               b.    Subtract    interfund   transfers   (dol-
                                local government financial test to dem-                      lars)llllll
                                onstrate financial responsibility for [insert:            c. Total Expenditures (dollars)llllll
                                ‘‘taking corrective action’’ and/or ‘‘compen-
                                                                                                          3. Local Revenues
                                sating third parties for bodily injury and
                                property damage’’] caused by [insert: ‘‘sud-              a.   Total Revenues (from 1c) (dollars)
                                den accidental releases’’ and/or ‘‘nonsudden                llllll
                                accidental releases’’] in the amount of at                b. Subtract total intergovernmental trans-
                                least [insert: dollar amount] per occurrence                fers (dollars)llllll
                                and [insert: dollar amount] annual aggregate              c. Local Revenues (dollars)llllll
                                arising from operating [an] underground
                                                                                                           4. Debt Service
                                storage tank[s].
                                   Underground storage tanks at the fol-                  a.   Interest   and   fiscal   charges (dol-
                                lowing facilities are assured by this financial             lars)llllll
                                test [List for each facility: the name and ad-            b. Add debt retirement (dollars)llllll
                                dress of the facility where tanks assured by              c. Total Debt Service (dollars)llllll
                                this financial test are located. If separate                   5. Total Funds (Dollars)llllll
                                mechanisms or combinations of mechanisms
                                are being used to assure any of the tanks at              (Sum of amounts held as cash and invest-
                                this facility, list each tank assured by this               ment securities from all funds, excluding
                                financial test by the tank identification                   amounts held for employee retirement
                                number provided in the notification sub-                    funds, agency funds, and trust funds)
                                mitted pursuant to 40 CFR Part 280.22 or the                    6. Population (Persons)llllll
                                corresponding state requirements.]
                                   This owner or operator has not received an                         Part II: Application of Test
                                adverse opinion, or a disclaimer of opinion
                                from an independent auditor on its financial                     7. Total Revenues to Population
                                statements for the latest completed fiscal                a. Total Revenues (from 1c)llllll
                                year. Any outstanding issues of general obli-             b. Population (from 6)llllll
                                gation or revenue bonds, if rated, have a                 c. Divide 7a by 7b llllll
                                Moody’s rating of Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa or a                 d. Subtract 417llllll
                                Standard and Poor’s rating of AAA, AA, A,                 e. Divide by 5,212llllll
                                or BBB; if rated by both firms, the bonds                 f. Multiply by 4.095llllll
                                have a Moody’s rating of Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa
                                                                                                 8. Total Expenses to Population
                                and a Standard and Poor’s rating of AAA,
                                AA, A, or BBB.                                            a. Total Expenses (from 2c)llllll

                                                                                     509



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00519   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.106                                                                40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                b. Population (from 6)llllll                                16. Add 7f + 8f + 9f + 10f + 11f + 12f + 13f + 14f
                                c. Divide 8a by 8b llllll                                              + 15f + 4.937llllll
                                d. Subtract 524 llllll                                       I hereby certify that the financial index
                                e. Divide by 5,401llllll                                   shown on line 16 of the worksheet is greater
                                f. Multiply by 4.095llllll                                 than zero and that the wording of this letter
                                                                                           is identical to the wording specified in 40
                                     9. Local Revenues to Total Revenues                   CFR part 280.105(c) as such regulations were
                                a. Local Revenues (from 3c)llllll                          constituted on the date shown immediately
                                b. Total Revenues (from 1c)llllll                          below.
                                c. Divide 9a by 9b llllll                                  [Date]
                                d. Subtract .695llllll                                     [Signature]
                                e. Divide by .205llllll                                    [Name]
                                                                                           [Title]
                                f. Multiply by 2.840 llllll
                                                                                             (d) If a local government owner or op-
                                           10. Debt Service to Population
                                                                                           erator using the test to provide finan-
                                a. Debt Service (from 4d) llllll                           cial assurance finds that it no longer
                                b. Population (from 6)llllll                               meets the requirements of the finan-
                                c. Divide 10a by 10b llllll                                cial test based on the year-end finan-
                                d. Subtract 51 llllll                                      cial statements, the owner or operator
                                e. Divide by 1,038llllll                                   must obtain alternative coverage with-
                                f. Multiply by ¥1.866llllll                                in 150 days of the end of the year for
                                      11. Debt Service to Total Revenues
                                                                                           which financial statements have been
                                                                                           prepared.
                                a. Debt Service (from 4d)llllll                              (e) The Director of the implementing
                                b. Total Revenues (from 1c)llllll                          agency may require reports of financial
                                c. Divide 11a by 11b llllll                                condition at any time from the local
                                d. Subtract .068 llllll                                    government owner or operator. If the
                                e. Divide by .259 llllll                                   Director finds, on the basis of such re-
                                f. Multiply by ¥3.533 llllll
                                                                                           ports or other information, that the
                                    12. Total Revenues to Total Expenses                   local government owner or operator no
                                                                                           longer meets the financial test require-
                                a. Total Revenues (from 1c)llllll
                                                                                           ments of § 280.105 (b) and (c), the owner
                                b. Total Expenses (from 2c)llllll
                                                                                           or operator must obtain alternate cov-
                                c. Divide 12a by 12bllllll
                                d. Subtract .910 llllll
                                                                                           erage within 30 days after notification
                                e. Divide by .899 llllll                                   of such a finding.
                                f. Multiply by 3.458 llllll                                  (f) If the local government owner or
                                                                                           operator fails to obtain alternate as-
                                     13. Funds Balance to Total Revenues                   surance within 150 days of finding that
                                a. Total Funds (from 5) llllll                             it no longer meets the requirements of
                                b. Total Revenues (from 1c)llllll                          the financial test based on the year-end
                                c. Divide 13a by 13b llllll                                financial statements or within 30 days
                                d. Subtract .891 llllll                                    of notification by the Director of the
                                e. Divide by 9.156llllll                                   implementing agency that it no longer
                                f. Multiply by 3.270 llllll                                meets the requirements of the finan-
                                                                                           cial test, the owner or operator must
                                     14. Funds Balance to Total Expenses                   notify the Director of such failure
                                a. Total Funds (from 5)llllll                              within 10 days.
                                b. Total Expenses (from 2c)llllll
                                                                                           [58 FR 9054, Feb. 18, 1993]
                                c. Divide 14a by 14bllllll
                                d. Subtract .866 llllll                                    § 280.106 Local government guarantee.
                                e. Divide by 6.409 llllll
                                f. Multiply by 3.270 llllll                                   (a) A local government owner or op-
                                                                                           erator may satisfy the requirements of
                                  15. Total Funds to Population llllll                     § 280.93 by obtaining a guarantee that
                                a. Total Funds (from 5) llllll                             conforms to the requirements of this
                                b. Population (from 6)llllll                               section. The guarantor must be either
                                c. Divide 15a by 15b llllll                                the state in which the local govern-
                                d. Subtract 270 llllll                                     ment owner or operator is located or a
                                e. Divide by 4,548 llllll                                  local government having a ‘‘substan-
                                f. Multiply by 1.866 llllll                                tial governmental relationship’’ with

                                                                                      510



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005    Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00520   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.106

                                the owner and operator and issuing the                      (d) If the guarantor is a state, the
                                guarantee as an act incident to that re-                  local government guarantee with
                                lationship. A local government acting                     standby trust must be worded exactly
                                as the guarantor must:                                    as follows, except that instructions in
                                   (1) demonstrate that it meets the                      brackets are to be replaced with rel-
                                bond rating test requirement of                           evant information and the brackets de-
                                § 280.104 and deliver a copy of the chief                 leted:
                                financial officer’s letter as contained
                                                                                           Local Government Guarantee With Standby
                                in § 280.104(c) to the local government
                                                                                                     Trust Made by a State
                                owner or operator; or
                                   (2) demonstrate that it meets the                        Guarantee made this [date] by [name of
                                worksheet test requirements of § 280.105                  state], herein referred to as guarantor, to
                                                                                          [the state implementing agency] and to any
                                and deliver a copy of the chief financial
                                                                                          and all third parties, and obliges, on behalf
                                officer’s     letter   as    contained     in             of [local government owner or operator].
                                § 280.105(c) to the local government
                                owner or operator; or                                                          Recitals
                                   (3) demonstrate that it meets the                         (1) Guarantor is a state.
                                local government fund requirements of                        (2) [Local government owner or operator]
                                § 280.107(a), § 280.107(b), or § 280.107(c)               owns or operates the following underground
                                and deliver a copy of the chief financial                 storage tank(s) covered by this guarantee:
                                officer’s letter as contained in § 280.107                [List the number of tanks at each facility
                                to the local government owner or oper-                    and the name(s) and address(es) of the facil-
                                                                                          ity(ies) where the tanks are located. If more
                                ator.
                                                                                          than one instrument is used to assure dif-
                                   (b) If the local government guarantor                  ferent tanks at any one facility, for each
                                is unable to demonstrate financial as-                    tank covered by this instrument, list the
                                surance under any of §§ 280.104, 280.105,                 tank identification number provided in the
                                280.107(a), 280.107(b), or 280.107(c), at the             notification submitted pursuant to 40 CFR
                                end of the financial reporting year, the                  part 280 or the corresponding state require-
                                guarantor shall send by certified mail,                   ment, and the name and address of the facil-
                                before cancellation or non-renewal of                     ity.] This guarantee satisfies 40 CFR part
                                                                                          280, subpart H requirements for assuring
                                the guarantee, notice to the owner or
                                                                                          funding for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective ac-
                                operator. The guarantee will terminate                    tion’’ and/or ‘‘compensating third parties for
                                no less than 120 days after the date the                  bodily injury and property damage caused
                                owner or operator receives the notifica-                  by’’ either ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or
                                tion, as evidenced by the return re-                      ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘acci-
                                ceipt. The owner or operator must ob-                     dental releases’’; if coverage is different for
                                tain alternative coverage as specified                    different tanks or locations, indicate the
                                in § 280.114(c).                                          type of coverage applicable to each tank or
                                                                                          location] arising from operating the above-
                                   (c) The guarantee agreement must be
                                                                                          identified underground storage tank(s) in the
                                worded as specified in paragraph (d) or                   amount of [insert dollar amount] per occur-
                                (e) of this section, depending on which                   rence and [insert dollar amount] annual ag-
                                of the following alternative guarantee                    gregate.
                                arrangements is selected:                                    (3) Guarantor guarantees to [implementing
                                   (1) If, in the default or incapacity of                agency] and to any and all third parties that:
                                the owner or operator, the guarantor                         In the event that [local government owner
                                guarantees to fund a standby trust as                     or operator] fails to provide alternative cov-
                                                                                          erage within 60 days after receipt of a notice
                                directed by the Director of the imple-
                                                                                          of cancellation of this guarantee and the [Di-
                                menting agency, the guarantee shall be                    rector of the implementing agency] has de-
                                worded as specified in paragraph (d) of                   termined or suspects that a release has oc-
                                this section.                                             curred at an underground storage tank cov-
                                   (2) If, in the default or incapacity of                ered by this guarantee, the guarantor, upon
                                the owner or operator, the guarantor                      instructions from the [Director] shall fund a
                                guarantees to make payments as di-                        standby trust fund in accordance with the
                                rected by the Director of the imple-                      provisions of 40 CFR part 280.112, in an
                                                                                          amount not to exceed the coverage limits
                                menting agency for taking corrective
                                                                                          specified above.
                                action or compensating third parties                         In the event that the [Director] determines
                                for bodily injury and property damage,                    that [local government owner or operator]
                                the guarantee shall be worded as speci-                   has failed to perform corrective action for
                                fied in paragraph (e) of this section.                    releases arising out of the operation of the

                                                                                     511



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00521   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.106                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                above-identified tank(s) in accordance with                 (e) Bodily damage or property damage for
                                40 CFR part 280, subpart F, the guarantor                 which [insert owner or operator] is obligated
                                upon written instructions from the [Direc-                to pay damages by reason of the assumption
                                tor] shall fund a standby trust fund in ac-               of liability in a contract or agreement other
                                cordance with the provisions of 40 CFR part               than a contract or agreement entered into to
                                280.112, in an amount not to exceed the cov-              meet the requirements of 40 CFR part 280.93.
                                erage limits specified above.                               (8) Guarantor expressly waives notice of
                                  If [owner or operator] fails to satisfy a               acceptance of this guarantee by [the imple-
                                judgment or award based on a determination                menting agency], by any or all third parties,
                                of liability for bodily injury or property                or by [local government owner or operator],
                                damage to third parties caused by [’’sudden’’               I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                and/or ‘‘nonsudden’’] accidental releases                 guarantee is identical to the wording speci-
                                arising from the operation of the above-iden-             fied in 40 CFR part 280.106(d) as such regula-
                                tified tank(s), or fails to pay an amount                 tions were constituted on the effective date
                                agreed to in settlement of a claim arising                shown immediately below.
                                from or alleged to arise from such injury or              Effective date:    lllllllllllllll
                                damage, the guarantor, upon written in-                   [Name of guarantor]
                                structions from the [Director], shall fund a              [Authorized signature for guarantor]
                                standby trust in accordance with the provi-               [Name of person signing]
                                sions of 40 CFR part 280.112 to satisfy such              [Title of person signing]
                                judgment(s), award(s), or settlement agree-               Signature of witness or notary:
                                ment(s) up to the limits of coverage specified
                                above.                                                      If the guarantor is a local government, the
                                  (4) Guarantor agrees to notify [owner or                local government guarantee with standby
                                operator] by certified mail of a voluntary or             trust must be worded exactly as follows, ex-
                                involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-              cept that instructions in brackets are to be
                                ruptcy), U.S. Code naming guarantor as                    replaced with relevant information and the
                                debtor, within 10 days after commencement                 brackets deleted:
                                of the proceeding.                                        LOCAL GOVERNMENT GUARANTEE WITH STAND-
                                  (5) Guarantor agrees to remain bound                      BY TRUST MADE BY A LOCAL GOVERNMENT
                                under this guarantee notwithstanding any
                                modification or alteration of any obligation                Guarantee made this [date] by [name of
                                of [owner or operator] pursuant to 40 CFR                 guaranteeing entity], a local government or-
                                part 280.                                                 ganized under the laws of [name of state],
                                  (6) Guarantor agrees to remain bound                    herein referred to as guarantor, to [the state
                                under this guarantee for so long as [local                implementing agency] and to any and all
                                government owner or operator] must comply                 third parties, and obliges, on behalf of [local
                                with the applicable financial responsibility              government owner or operator].
                                requirements of 40 CFR part 280, subpart H
                                for the above identified tank(s), except that                                  Recitals
                                guarantor may cancel this guarantee by                      (1) Guarantor meets or exceeds [select one:
                                sending notice by certified mail to [owner or             the local government bond rating test re-
                                operator], such cancellation to become effec-             quirements of 40 CFR part 280.104, the local
                                tive no earlier than 120 days after receipt of            government financial test requirements of 40
                                such notice by [owner or operator], as evi-               CFR part 280.105, or the local government
                                denced by the return receipt.                             fund under 40 CFR part 280.107(a), 280.107(b),
                                  (7) The guarantor’s obligation does not                 or 280.107(c)].
                                apply to any of the following:                              (2) [Local government owner or operator]
                                  (a) Any obligation of [local government                 owns or operates the following underground
                                owner or operator] under a workers’ com-                  storage tank(s) covered by this guarantee:
                                pensation, disability benefits, or unemploy-              [List the number of tanks at each facility
                                ment compensation law or other similar law;               and the name(s) and address(es) of the facil-
                                  (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert:            ity(ies) where the tanks are located. If more
                                local government owner or operator] arising               than one instrument is used to assure dif-
                                from, and in the course of, employment by                 ferent tanks at any one facility, for each
                                [insert: local government owner or operator];             tank covered by this instrument, list the
                                  (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-              tank identification number provided in the
                                ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or              notification submitted pursuant to 40 CFR
                                entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor              part 280 or the corresponding state require-
                                vehicle, or watercraft;                                   ment, and the name and address of the facil-
                                  (d) Property damage to any property                     ity.] This guarantee satisfies 40 CFR part
                                owned, rented, loaded to, in the care, cus-               280, subpart H requirements for assuring
                                tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert:              funding for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective ac-
                                local government owner or operator] that is               tion’’ and/or ‘‘compensating third parties for
                                not the direct result of a release from a pe-             bodily injury and property damage caused
                                troleum underground storage tank;                         by’’ either ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or

                                                                                     512



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00522   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.106
                                ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘acci-              debtor, within 10 days after commencement
                                dental releases’’; if coverage is different for           of the proceeding.
                                different tanks or locations, indicate the                  (6) Guarantor agrees to remain bound
                                type of coverage applicable to each tank or               under this guarantee notwithstanding any
                                location] arising from operating the above-               modification or alteration of any obligation
                                identified underground storage tank(s) in the             of [owner or operator] pursuant to 40 CFR
                                amount of [insert dollar amount] per occur-               part 280.
                                rence and [insert: dollar amount] annual ag-                (7) Guarantor agrees to remain bound
                                gregate.                                                  under this guarantee for so long as [local
                                   (3) Incident to our substantial govern-                government owner or operator] must comply
                                mental relationship with [local government                with the applicable financial responsibility
                                owner or operator], guarantor guarantees to               requirements of 40 CFR part 280, subpart H
                                [implementing agency] and to any and all                  for the above identified tank(s), except that
                                third parties that:                                       guarantor may cancel this guarantee by
                                   In the event that [local government owner              sending notice by certified mail to [owner or
                                or operator] fails to provide alternative cov-            operator], such cancellation to become effec-
                                erage within 60 days after receipt of a notice            tive no earlier than 120 days after receipt of
                                of cancellation of this guarantee and the [Di-            such notice by [owner or operator], as evi-
                                rector of the implementing agency] has de-                denced by the return receipt.
                                termined or suspects that a release has oc-                 (8) The guarantor’s obligation does not
                                curred at an underground storage tank cov-                apply to any of the following:
                                ered by this guarantee, the guarantor, upon                 (a) Any obligation of [local government
                                instructions from the [Director] shall fund a             owner or operator] under a workers’ com-
                                standby trust fund in accordance with the                 pensation, disability benefits, or unemploy-
                                provisions of 40 CFR part 280.112, in an                  ment compensation law or other similar law;
                                amount not to exceed the coverage limits
                                                                                            (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert:
                                specified above.
                                                                                          local government owner or operator] arising
                                   In the event that the [Director] determines
                                                                                          from, and in the course of, employment by
                                that [local government owner or operator]
                                                                                          [insert: local government owner or operator];
                                has failed to perform corrective action for
                                releases arising out of the operation of the                (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-
                                above-identified tank(s) in accordance with               ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or
                                40 CFR part 280, subpart F, the guarantor                 entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor
                                upon written instructions from the [Direc-                vehicle, or watercraft;
                                tor] shall fund a standby trust fund in ac-                 (d) Property damage to any property
                                cordance with the provisions of 40 CFR part               owned, rented, loaned to, in the care, cus-
                                280.112, in an amount not to exceed the cov-              tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert:
                                erage limits specified above.                             local government owner or operator] that is
                                   If [owner or operator] fails to satisfy a              not the direct result of a release from a pe-
                                judgment or award based on a determination                troleum underground storage tank;
                                of liability for bodily injury or property                  (e) Bodily damage or property damage for
                                damage to third parties caused by [‘‘sudden’’             which [insert: owner or operator] is obligated
                                and/or ‘‘nonsudden’’] accidental releases                 to pay damages by reason of the assumption
                                arising from the operation of the above-iden-             of liability in a contract or agreement other
                                tified tank(s), or fails to pay an amount                 than a contract or agreement entered into to
                                agreed to in settlement of a claim arising                meet the requirements of 40 CFR part 280.93.
                                from or alleged to arise from such injury or                (9) Guarantor expressly waives notice of
                                damage, the guarantor, upon written in-                   acceptance of this guarantee by [the imple-
                                structions from the [Director], shall fund a              menting agency], by any or all third parties,
                                standby trust in accordance with the provi-               or by [local government owner or operator].
                                sions of 40 CFR part 280.112 to satisfy such                I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                judgment(s), award(s), or settlement agree-               guarantee is identical to the wording speci-
                                ment(s) up to the limits of coverage specified            fied in 40 CFR part 280.106(d) as such regula-
                                above.                                                    tions were constituted on the effective date
                                   (4) Guarantor agrees that, if at the end of            shown immediately below.
                                any fiscal year before cancellation of this               Effective date:    lllllllllllllll
                                guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet or ex-             [Name of guarantor]
                                ceed the requirements of the financial re-                [Authorized signature for guarantor]
                                sponsibility mechanism specified in para-                 [Name of person signing]
                                graph (1), guarantor shall send within 120                [Title of person signing]
                                days of such failure, by certified mail, notice           Signature of witness or notary:
                                to [local government owner or operator], as               llllllllllllllllllllllll
                                evidenced by the return receipt.
                                   (5) Guarantor agrees to notify [owner or                 (e) If the guarantor is a state, the
                                operator] by certified mail of a voluntary or             local government guarantee without
                                involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-              standby trust must be worded exactly
                                ruptcy), U.S. Code naming guarantor as                    as follows, except that instructions in

                                                                                     513



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00523   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.106                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                brackets are to be replaced with rel-                     tor] shall make funds available to pay for
                                evant information and the brackets de-                    corrective actions in an amount not to ex-
                                leted:                                                    ceed the coverage limits specified above.
                                                                                            If [owner or operator] fails to satisfy a
                                  LOCAL GOVERNMENT GUARANTEE WITHOUT                      judgment or award based on a determination
                                     STANDBY TRUST MADE BY A STATE                        of liability for bodily injury or property
                                                                                          damage to third parties caused by [‘‘sudden’’
                                  Guarantee made this [date] by [name of                  and/or ‘‘nonsudden’’] accidental releases
                                state], herein referred to as guarantor, to               arising from the operation of the above-iden-
                                [the state implementing agency] and to any                tified tank(s), or fails to pay an amount
                                and all third parties, and obliges, on behalf             agreed to in settlement of a claim arising
                                of [local government owner or operator].                  from or alleged to arise from such injury or
                                                        Recitals                          damage, the guarantor, upon written in-
                                                                                          structions from the [Director], shall make
                                   (1) Guarantor is a state.                              funds available to compensate third parties
                                   (2) [Local government owner or operator]               for bodily injury and property damage in an
                                owns or operates the following underground                amount not to exceed the coverage limits
                                storage tank(s) covered by this guarantee:                specified above.
                                [List the number of tanks at each facility                  (4) Guarantor agrees to notify [owner or
                                and the name(s) and address(es) of the facil-             operator] by certified mail of a voluntary or
                                ity(ies) where the tanks are located. If more             involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-
                                than one instrument is used to assure dif-                ruptcy), U.S. Code naming guarantor as
                                ferent tanks at any one facility, for each                debtor, within 10 days after commencement
                                tank covered by this instrument, list the                 of the proceeding.
                                tank identification number provided in the                  (5) Guarantor agrees to remain bound
                                notification submitted pursuant to 40 CFR                 under this guarantee notwithstanding any
                                part 280 or the corresponding state require-              modification or alteration of any obligation
                                ment, and the name and address of the facil-              of [owner or operator] pursuant to 40 CFR
                                ity.] This guarantee satisfies 40 CFR part                part 280.
                                280, subpart H requirements for assuring                    (6) Guarantor agrees to remain bound
                                funding for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective ac-              under this guarantee for so long as [local
                                tion’’ and/or ‘‘compensating third parties for            government owner or operator] must comply
                                bodily injury and property damage caused                  with the applicable financial responsibility
                                by’’ either ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or             requirements of 40 CFR part 280, subpart H
                                ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘acci-              for the above identified tank(s), except that
                                dental releases’’; if coverage is different for           guarantor may cancel this guarantee by
                                different tanks or locations, indicate the                sending notice by certified mail to [owner or
                                type of coverage applicable to each tank or               operator], such cancellation to become effec-
                                location] arising from operating the above-               tive no earlier than 120 days after receipt of
                                identified underground storage tank(s) in the             such notice by [owner or operator], as evi-
                                amount of [insert: dollar amount] per occur-              denced by the return receipt. If notified of a
                                rence and [insert: dollar amount] annual ag-              probable release, the guarantor agrees to re-
                                gregate.                                                  main bound to the terms of this guarantee
                                   (3) Guarantor guarantees to [implementing              for all charges arising from the release, up to
                                agency] and to any and all third parties and              the coverage limits specified above, notwith-
                                obliges that:                                             standing the cancellation of the guarantee
                                   In the event that [local government owner              with respect to future releases.
                                or operator] fails to provide alternative cov-              (7) The guarantor’s obligation does not
                                erage within 60 days after receipt of a notice            apply to any of the following:
                                of cancellation of this guarantee and the [Di-              (a) Any obligation of [local government
                                rector of the implementing agency] has de-                owner or operator] under a workers’ com-
                                termined or suspects that a release has oc-               pensation disability benefits, or unemploy-
                                curred at an underground storage tank cov-                ment compensation law or other similar law;
                                ered by this guarantee, the guarantor, upon                 (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert
                                written instructions from the [Director]                  local government owner or operator] arising
                                shall make funds available to pay for correc-             from, and in the course of, employment by
                                tive actions and compensate third parties for             [insert: local government owner or operator];
                                bodily injury and property damage in an                     (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-
                                amount not to exceed the coverage limits                  ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or
                                specified above.                                          entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor
                                   In the event that the [Director] determines            vehicle, or watercraft;
                                that [local government owner or operator]                   (d) Property damage to any property
                                has failed to perform corrective action for               owned, rented, loaded to, in the care, cus-
                                releases arising out of the operation of the              tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert:
                                above-identified tank(s) in accordance with               local government owner or operator] that is
                                40 CFR part 280, subpart F, the guarantor                 not the direct result of a release from a pe-
                                upon written instructions from the [Direc-                troleum underground storage tank;

                                                                                     514



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00524   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.106
                                  (e) Bodily damage or property damage for                ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘acci-
                                which [insert: owner or operator] is obligated            dental releases’’; if coverage is different for
                                to pay damages by reason of the assumption                different tanks or locations, indicate the
                                of liability in a contract or agreement other             type of coverage applicable to each tank or
                                than a contract or agreement entered into to              location] arising from operating the above-
                                meet the requirements of 40 CFR part 280.93.              identified underground storage tank(s) in the
                                  (8) Guarantor expressly waives notice of                amount of [insert: dollar amount] per occur-
                                acceptance of this guarantee by [the imple-               rence and [insert: dollar amount] annual ag-
                                menting agency], by any or all third parties,             gregate.
                                or by [local government owner or operator].                  (3) Incident to our substantial govern-
                                  I hereby certify that the wording of this               mental relationship with [local government
                                guarantee is identical to the wording speci-              owner or operator], guarantor guarantees to
                                fied in 40 CFR part 280.106(e) as such regula-            [implementing agency] and to any and all
                                tions were constituted on the effective date              third parties and obliges that:
                                shown immediately below.                                     In the event that [local government owner
                                Effective date:    lllllllllllllll                        or operator] fails to provide alternative cov-
                                [Name of guarantor]                                       erage within 60 days after receipt of a notice
                                [Authorized signature for guarantor]                      of cancellation of this guarantee and the [Di-
                                [Name of person signing]                                  rector of the implementing agency] has de-
                                [Title of person signing]                                 termined or suspects that a release has oc-
                                Signature of witness or notary:                           curred at an underground storage tank cov-
                                  If the guarantor is a local government, the             ered by this guarantee, the guarantor, upon
                                local government guarantee without standby                written instructions from the [Director]
                                trust must be worded exactly as follows, ex-              shall make funds available to pay for correc-
                                cept that instructions in brackets are to be              tive actions and compensate third parties for
                                replaced with relevant information and the                bodily injury and property damage in an
                                brackets deleted:                                         amount not to exceed the coverage limits
                                                                                          specified above.
                                LOCAL GOVERNMENT GUARANTEE WITHOUT
                                                                                             In the event that the [Director] determines
                                 STANDBY TRUST MADE BY A LOCAL GOVERN-
                                                                                          that [local government owner or operator]
                                  MENT
                                                                                          has failed to perform corrective action for
                                  Guarantee made this [date] by [name of                  releases arising out of the operation of the
                                guaranteeing entity], a local government or-              above-identified tank(s) in accordance with
                                ganized under the laws of [name of state],                40 CFR part 280, subpart F, the guarantor
                                herein referred to as guarantor, to [the state            upon written instructions from the [Direc-
                                implementing agency] and to any and all                   tor] shall make funds available to pay for
                                third parties, and obliges, on behalf of [local           corrective actions in an amount not to ex-
                                government owner or operator].                            ceed the coverage limits specified above.
                                                                                             If [owner or operator] fails to satisfy a
                                                        Recitals                          judgment or award based on a determination
                                  (1) Guarantor meets or exceeds [select one:             of liability for bodily injury or property
                                the local government bond rating test re-                 damage to third parties caused by [‘‘sudden’’
                                quirements of 40 CFR part 280.104, the local              and/or ‘‘nonsudden’’] accidental releases
                                government financial test requirements of 40              arising from the operation of the above-iden-
                                part CFR 280.105, the local government fund               tified tank(s), or fails to pay an amount
                                under 40 CFR part 280.107(a), 280.107(b), or              agreed to in settlement of a claim arising
                                280.107(c).                                               from or alleged to arise from such injury or
                                  (2) [Local government owner or operator]                damage, the guarantor, upon written in-
                                owns or operates the following underground                structions from the [Director], shall make
                                storage tank(s) covered by this guarantee:                funds available to compensate third parties
                                [List the number of tanks at each facility                for bodily injury and property damage in an
                                and the name(s) and address(es) of the facil-             amount not to exceed the coverage limits
                                ity(ies) where the tanks are located. If more             specified above.
                                than one instrument is used to assure dif-                   (4) Guarantor agrees that if at the end of
                                ferent tanks at any one facility, for each                any fiscal year before cancellation of this
                                tank covered by this instrument, list the                 guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet or ex-
                                tank identification number provided in the                ceed the requirements of the financial re-
                                notification submitted pursuant to 40 CFR                 sponsibility mechanism specified in para-
                                part 280 or the corresponding state require-              graph (1), guarantor shall send within 120
                                ment, and the name and address of the facil-              days of such failure, by certified mail, notice
                                ity.] This guarantee satisfies 40 CFR part                to [local government owner or operator], as
                                280, subpart H requirements for assuring                  evidenced by the return receipt.
                                funding for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective ac-                 (5) Guarantor agrees to notify [owner or
                                tion’’ and/or ‘‘compensating third parties for            operator] by certified mail of a voluntary or
                                bodily injury and property damage caused                  involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-
                                by’’ either ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or             ruptcy), U.S. Code naming guarantor as

                                                                                     515



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00525   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.107                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                debtor, within 10 days after commencement                 Signature of witness or notary:
                                of the proceeding.
                                                                                          [58 FR 9056, Feb. 18, 1993]
                                  (6) Guarantor agrees to remain bound
                                under this guarantee notwithstanding any                  § 280.107 Local government fund.
                                modification or alteration of any obligation
                                of [owner or operator] pursuant to 40 CFR                    A local government owner or oper-
                                part 280.                                                 ator may satisfy the requirements of
                                  (7) Guarantor agrees to remain bound                    § 280.93 by establishing a dedicated fund
                                under this guarantee for so long as [local                account that conforms to the require-
                                government owner or operator] must comply                 ments of this section. Except as speci-
                                with the applicable financial responsibility              fied in paragraph (b), a dedicated fund
                                requirements of 40 CFR part 280, subpart H                may not be commingled with other
                                for the above identified tank(s), except that
                                guarantor may cancel this guarantee by
                                                                                          funds or otherwise used in normal oper-
                                sending notice by certified mail to [owner or             ations. A dedicated fund will be consid-
                                operator], such cancellation to become effec-             ered eligible if it meets one of the fol-
                                tive no earlier than 120 days after receipt of            lowing requirements:
                                such notice by [owner or operator], as evi-                  (a) The fund is dedicated by state
                                denced by the return receipt. If notified of a            constitutional provision, or local gov-
                                probable release, the guarantor agrees to re-             ernment statute, charter, ordinance, or
                                main bound to the terms of this guarantee                 order to pay for taking corrective ac-
                                for all charges arising from the release, up to           tion and for compensating third parties
                                the coverage limits specified above, notwith-
                                standing the cancellation of the guarantee
                                                                                          for bodily injury and property damage
                                with respect to future releases.                          caused by accidental releases arising
                                  (8) The guarantor’s obligation does not                 from the operation of petroleum under-
                                apply to any of the following:                            ground storage tanks and is funded for
                                  (a) Any obligation of [local government                 the full amount of coverage required
                                owner or operator] under a workers’ com-                  under § 280.93, or funded for part of the
                                pensation disability benefits, or unemploy-               required amount of coverage and used
                                ment compensation law or other similar law;               in combination with other mecha-
                                  (b) Bodily injury to an employee of [insert:            nism(s) that provide the remaining
                                local government owner or operator] arising               coverage; or
                                from, and in the course of, employment by                    (b) The fund is dedicated by state
                                [insert: local government owner or operator];
                                                                                          constitutional provision, or local gov-
                                  (c) Bodily injury or property damage aris-
                                ing from the ownership, maintenance, use, or
                                                                                          ernment statute, charter, ordinance, or
                                entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor              order as a contingency fund for general
                                vehicle, or watercraft;                                   emergencies, including taking correc-
                                  (d) Property damage to any property                     tive action and compensating third
                                owned, rented, loaded to, in the care, cus-               parties for bodily injury and property
                                tody, or control of, or occupied by [insert:              damage caused by accidental releases
                                local government owner or operator] that is               arising from the operation of petro-
                                not the direct result of a release from a pe-             leum underground storage tanks, and
                                troleum underground storage tank;
                                                                                          is funded for five times the full amount
                                  (e) Bodily damage or property damage for
                                which [insert: owner or operator] is obligated
                                                                                          of coverage required under § 280.93, or
                                to pay damages by reason of the assumption                funded for part of the required amount
                                of liability in a contract or agreement other             of coverage and used in combination
                                than a contract or agreement entered into to              with other mechanism(s) that provide
                                meet the requirements of 40 CFR part 280.93.              the remaining coverage. If the fund is
                                  (9) Guarantor expressly waives notice of                funded for less than five times the
                                acceptance of this guarantee by [the imple-               amount of coverage required under
                                menting agency], by any or all third parties,             § 280.93, the amount of financial respon-
                                or by [local government owner or operator],               sibility demonstrated by the fund may
                                  I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                                                                          not exceed one-fifth the amount in the
                                guarantee is identical to the wording speci-
                                fied in 40 CFR part 280.106(e) as such regula-            fund; or
                                tions were constituted on the effective date                 (c) The fund is dedicated by state
                                shown immediately below.                                  constitutional provision, or local gov-
                                Effective date:    lllllllllllllll                        ernment statute, charter, ordinance or
                                [Name of guarantor]                                       order to pay for taking corrective ac-
                                [Authorized signature for guarantor]                      tion and for compensating third parties
                                [Name of person signing]                                  for bodily injury and property damage
                                [Title of person signing]                                 caused by accidental releases arising

                                                                                     516



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00526   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.107

                                from the operation of petroleum under-                    action’’ and/or ‘‘compensating third parties
                                ground storage tanks. A payment is                        for bodily injury and property damage’’]
                                made to the fund once every year for                      caused by [insert: ‘‘sudden accidental re-
                                                                                          leases’’ and/or ‘‘nonsudden accidental re-
                                seven years until the fund is fully-fund-                 leases’’] in the amount of at least [insert:
                                ed. This seven year period is hereafter                   dollar amount] per occurrence and [insert:
                                referred to as the ‘‘pay-in-period.’’ The                 dollar amount] annual aggregate arising
                                amount of each payment must be de-                        from operating (an) underground storage
                                termined by this formula:                                 tank(s).
                                                                                            Underground storage tanks at the fol-
                                                        TF¥CF                             lowing facilities are assured by this local
                                                                                          government fund mechanism: [List for each
                                                          Y                               facility: the name and address of the facility
                                                                                          where tanks are assured by the local govern-
                                                                                          ment fund].
                                Where TF is the total required finan-                       [Insert: ‘‘The local government fund is
                                  cial assurance for the owner or oper-                   funded for the full amount of coverage re-
                                  ator, CF is the current amount in the                   quired under § 280.93, or funded for part of the
                                  fund, and Y is the number of years                      required amount of coverage and used in
                                  remaining in the pay-in-period, and;                    combination with other mechanism(s) that
                                  (1) The local government owner or                       provide the remaining coverage.’’ or ‘‘The
                                operator has available bonding author-                    local government fund is funded for ten
                                                                                          times the full amount of coverage required
                                ity, approved through voter ref-                          under § 280.93, or funded for part of the re-
                                erendum (if such approval is necessary                    quired amount of coverage and used in com-
                                prior to the issuance of bonds), for an                   bination with other mechanisms(s) that pro-
                                amount equal to the difference between                    vide the remaining coverage,’’ or ‘‘A pay-
                                the required amount of coverage and                       ment is made to the fund once every year for
                                the amount held in the dedicated fund.                    seven years until the fund is fully-funded and
                                This bonding authority shall be avail-                    [name of local government owner or oper-
                                                                                          ator] has available bonding authority, ap-
                                able for taking corrective action and                     proved through voter referendum, of an
                                for compensating third parties for bod-                   amount equal to the difference between the
                                ily injury and property damage caused                     required amount of coverage and the amount
                                by accidental releases arising from the                   held in the dedicated fund’’ or ‘‘A payment is
                                operation of petroleum underground                        made to the fund once every year for seven
                                storage tanks, or                                         years until the fund is fully-funded and I
                                  (2) The local government owner or                       have attached a letter signed by the State
                                                                                          Attorney General stating that (1) the use of
                                operator has a letter signed by the ap-                   the bonding authority will not increase the
                                propriate state attorney general stat-                    local government’s debt beyond the legal
                                ing that the use of the bonding author-                   debt ceilings established by the relevant
                                ity will not increase the local govern-                   state laws and (2) that prior voter approval
                                ment’s debt beyond the legal debt ceil-                   is not necessary before use of the bonding
                                ings established by the relevant state                    authority’’].
                                laws. The letter must also state that                       The details of the local government fund
                                                                                          are as follows:
                                prior voter approval is not necessary                     Amount in Fund (market value of fund at
                                before use of the bonding authority.                        close of last fiscal year): lllllllll
                                  (d) To demonstrate that it meets the                      [If fund balance is incrementally funded as
                                requirements of the local government                      specified in § 280.107(c), insert:
                                fund, the chief financial officer of the                  Amount added to fund in the most recently
                                local government owner or operator                          completed fiscal year: lllllllllll
                                and/or guarantor must sign a letter                       Number of years remaining in the pay-in pe-
                                                                                          riod: llll]
                                worded exactly as follows, except that
                                the instructions in brackets are to be                      A copy of the state constitutional provi-
                                                                                          sion, or local government statute, charter,
                                replaced by the relevant information                      ordinance or order dedicating the fund is at-
                                and the brackets deleted:                                 tached.
                                   LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER                      I hereby certify that the wording of this
                                                                                          letter is identical to the wording specified in
                                  I am the chief financial officer of [insert:            40 CFR 280.107(d) as such regulations were
                                name and address of local government owner                constituted on the date shown immediately
                                or operator, or guarantor]. This letter is in             below.
                                support of the use of the local government                [Date]
                                fund mechanism to demonstrate financial re-               [Signature]
                                sponsibility for [insert: ‘‘taking corrective             [Name]

                                                                                     517



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00527   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8003   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.108                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                [Title]                                                   erage as specified in this section within
                                [58 FR 9059, Feb. 18, 1993]                               60 days after receipt of the notice of
                                                                                          termination. If the owner or operator
                                § 280.108 Substitution of financial as-                   fails to obtain alternate coverage with-
                                     surance mechanisms by owner or                       in 60 days after receipt of the notice of
                                     operator.                                            termination, the owner or operator
                                   (a) An owner or operator may sub-                      must notify the Director of the imple-
                                stitute any alternate financial assur-                    menting agency of such failure and
                                ance mechanisms as specified in this                      submit:
                                subpart, provided that at all times he                      (1) The name and address of the pro-
                                maintains an effective financial assur-                   vider of financial assurance;
                                ance mechanism or combination of                            (2) The effective date of termination;
                                mechanisms that satisfies the require-                    and
                                ments of § 280.93.                                          (3) The evidence of the financial as-
                                   (b) After obtaining alternate finan-                   sistance mechanism subject to the ter-
                                cial assurance as specified in this sub-                  mination maintained in accordance
                                part, an owner or operator may cancel                     with § 280.107(b).
                                a financial assurance mechanism by
                                providing notice to the provider of fi-                   [58 FR 9051, Feb. 18, 1993]
                                nancial assurance.
                                                                                          § 280.110 Reporting by owner or oper-
                                [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988. Redesignated at 58               ator.
                                FR 9051, Feb. 18, 1993]
                                                                                             (a) An owner or operator must sub-
                                § 280.109 Cancellation or nonrenewal                      mit the appropriate forms listed in
                                     by a provider of financial assur-                    § 280.111(b) documenting current evi-
                                     ance.                                                dence of financial responsibility to the
                                   (a) Except as otherwise provided, a                    Director of the implementing agency:
                                provider of financial assurance may                          (1) Within 30 days after the owner or
                                cancel or fail to renew an assurance                      operator identifies a release from an
                                mechanism by sending a notice of ter-                     underground storage tank required to
                                mination by certified mail to the                         be reported under § 280.53 or § 280.61;
                                owner or operator.                                           (2) If the owner or operator fails to
                                   (1) Termination of a local govern-                     obtain alternate coverage as required
                                ment guarantee, a guarantee, a surety                     by this subpart, within 30 days after
                                bond, or a letter of credit may not                       the owner or operator receives notice
                                occur until 120 days after the date on                    of:
                                which the owner or operator receives                         (i) Commencement of a voluntary or
                                the notice of termination, as evidenced                   involuntary proceeding under Title 11
                                by the return receipt.                                    (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code, naming a pro-
                                   (2) Termination of insurance or risk                   vider of financial assurance as a debt-
                                retention coverage, except for non-pay-                   or,
                                ment or misrepresentation by the in-                         (ii) Suspension or revocation of the
                                sured, or state-funded assurance may                      authority of a provider of financial as-
                                not occur until 60 days after the date                    surance to issue a financial assurance
                                on which the owner or operator re-                        mechanism,
                                ceives the notice of termination, as                         (iii) Failure of a guarantor to meet
                                evidenced by the return receipt. Termi-                   the requirements of the financial test,
                                nation for non-payment of premium or                         (iv) Other incapacity of a provider of
                                misrepresentation by the insured may                      financial assurance; or
                                not occur until a minimum of 10 days                         (3) As required by § 280.95(g) and
                                after the date on which the owner or                      § 280.109(b).
                                operator receives the notice of termi-                       (b) An owner or operator must certify
                                nation, as evidenced by the return re-                    compliance with the financial responsi-
                                ceipt.                                                    bility requirements of this part as
                                   (b) If a provider of financial responsi-               specified in the new tank notification
                                bility cancels or fails to renew for rea-                 form when notifying the appropriate
                                sons other than incapacity of the pro-                    state or local agency of the installa-
                                vider as specified in § 280.114, the owner                tion of a new underground storage tank
                                or operator must obtain alternate cov-                    under § 280.22.

                                                                                     518



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00528   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.111

                                  (c) The Director of the Implementing                    within the last twelve months by
                                Agency may require an owner or oper-                      Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s.
                                ator to submit evidence of financial as-                     (6) A local government owner or oper-
                                surance as described in § 280.111(b) or                   ator using the local government guar-
                                other information relevant to compli-                     antee under § 280.106, where the guaran-
                                ance with this subpart at any time.                       tor’s demonstration of financial re-
                                [58 FR 9051, Feb. 18, 1993]                               sponsibility relies on the bond rating
                                                                                          test under § 280.104 must maintain a
                                § 280.111     Recordkeeping.                              copy of the guarantor’s bond rating
                                  (a) Owners or operators must main-                      published within the last twelve
                                tain evidence of all financial assurance                  months by Moody’s or Standard &
                                mechanisms used to demonstrate fi-                        Poor’s.
                                nancial responsibility under this sub-                       (7) An owner or operator using an in-
                                part for an underground storage tank                      surance policy or risk retention group
                                until released from the requirements of                   coverage must maintain a copy of the
                                this subpart under § 208.113. An owner                    signed insurance policy or risk reten-
                                or operator must maintain such evi-                       tion group coverage policy, with the
                                dence at the underground storage tank                     endorsement or certificate of insurance
                                site or the owner’s or operator’s place                   and any amendments to the agree-
                                of work. Records maintained off-site                      ments.
                                must be made available upon request of                       (8) An owner or operator covered by a
                                the implementing agency.                                  state fund or other state assurance
                                  (b) An owner or operator must main-                     must maintain on file a copy of any
                                tain the following types of evidence of                   evidence of coverage supplied by or re-
                                financial responsibility:                                 quired by the state under § 280.101(d).
                                  (1) An owner or operator using an as-                      (9) An owner or operator using a local
                                surance mechanism specified in §§ 280.95                  government fund under § 280.107 must
                                through 280.100 or § 280.102 or §§ 280.104                maintain the following documents:
                                through 280.107 must maintain a copy                         (i) A copy of the state constitutional
                                of the instrument worded as specified.                    provision or local government statute,
                                  (2) An owner or operator using a fi-                    charter, ordinance, or order dedicating
                                nancial test or guarantee, or a local                     the fund, and
                                government financial test or a local
                                                                                             (ii) Year-end financial statements for
                                government guarantee supported by
                                                                                          the most recent completed financial re-
                                the local government financial test
                                                                                          porting year showing the amount in
                                must maintain a copy of the chief fi-
                                                                                          the fund. If the fund is established
                                nancial officer’s letter based on year-
                                                                                          under § 280.107(a)(3) using incremental
                                end financial statements for the most
                                recent completed financial reporting                      funding backed by bonding authority,
                                year. Such evidence must be on file no                    the financial statements must show
                                later than 120 days after the close of                    the previous year’s balance, the
                                the financial reporting year.                             amount of funding during the year, and
                                  (3) An owner or operator using a                        the closing balance in the fund.
                                guarantee, surety bond, or letter of                         (iii) If the fund is established under
                                credit must maintain a copy of the                        § 280.107(a)(3) using incremental funding
                                signed standby trust fund agreement                       backed by bonding authority, the
                                and copies of any amendments to the                       owner or operator must also maintain
                                agreement.                                                documentation of the required bonding
                                  (4) A local government owner or oper-                   authority, including either the results
                                ator using a local government guar-                       of      a    voter    referendum    (under
                                antee under § 280.106(d) must maintain                    § 280.107(a)(3)(i)), or attestation by the
                                a copy of the signed standby trust fund                   State Attorney General as specified
                                agreement and copies of any amend-                        under § 280.107(a)(3)(ii).
                                ments to the agreement.                                      (10) A local government owner or op-
                                  (5) A local government owner or oper-                   erator using the local government
                                ator using the local government bond                      guarantee supported by the local gov-
                                rating test under § 280.104 must main-                    ernment fund must maintain a copy of
                                tain a copy of its bond rating published                  the guarantor’s year-end financial

                                                                                     519



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00529   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.112                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                statements for the most recent com-                         (ii) The Director determines or sus-
                                pleted financial reporting year showing                   pects that a release from an under-
                                the amount of the fund.                                   ground storage tank covered by the
                                   (11)(i) An owner or operator using an                  mechanism has occurred and so noti-
                                assurance mechanism specified in                          fies the owner or operator or the owner
                                §§ 280.95 through 280.107 must maintain                   or operator has notified the Director
                                an updated copy of a certification of fi-                 pursuant to subparts E or F of a release
                                nancial responsibility worded as fol-                     from an underground storage tank cov-
                                lows, except that instructions in brack-                  ered by the mechanism; or
                                ets are to be replaced with the relevant                    (2) The conditions of paragraph (b)(1)
                                information and the brackets deleted:                     or (b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section are
                                                                                          satisfied.
                                CERTIFICATION OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY                   (b) The Director of the implementing
                                   [Owner or operator] hereby certifies that it           agency may draw on a standby trust
                                is in compliance with the requirements of                 fund when:
                                subpart H of 40 CFR part 280.                               (1) The Director makes a final deter-
                                   The financial assurance mechanism(s) used              mination that a release has occurred
                                to demonstrate financial responsibility
                                                                                          and immediate or long-term corrective
                                under subpart H of 40 CFR part 280 is (are) as
                                follows:                                                  action for the release is needed, and
                                   [For each mechanism, list the type of                  the owner or operator, after appro-
                                mechanism, name of issuer, mechanism                      priate notice and opportunity to com-
                                number (if applicable), amount of coverage,               ply, has not conducted corrective ac-
                                effective period of coverage and whether the              tion as required under 40 CFR part 280,
                                mechanism covers ‘‘taking corrective ac-                  subpart F; or
                                tion’’ and/or ‘‘compensating third parties for              (2) The Director has received either:
                                bodily injury and property damage caused                    (i) Certification from the owner or
                                by’’ either ‘‘sudden accidental releases’’ or
                                                                                          operator and the third-party liability
                                ‘‘nonsudden accidental releases’’ or ‘‘acci-
                                dental releases.’’]                                       claimant(s) and from attorneys rep-
                                                                                          resenting the owner or operator and
                                [Signature of owner or operator]
                                [Name of owner or operator]                               the third-party liability claimant(s)
                                [Title]                                                   that a third-party liability claim
                                [Date]                                                    should be paid. The certification must
                                [Signature of witness or notary]                          be worded as follows, except that in-
                                [Name of witness or notary]                               structions in brackets are to be re-
                                [Date]                                                    placed with the relevant information
                                   (ii) The owner or operator must update                 and the brackets deleted:
                                this certification whenever the financial as-
                                surance mechanism(s) used to demonstrate                          CERTIFICATION OF VALID CLAIM
                                financial responsibility change(s).                         The undersigned, as principals and as legal
                                [58 FR 9051, Feb. 18, 1993]                               representatives of [insert: owner or operator]
                                                                                          and [insert: name and address of third-party
                                § 280.112 Drawing on financial assur-                     claimant], hereby certify that the claim of
                                    ance mechanisms.                                      bodily injury [and/or] property damage
                                                                                          caused by an accidental release arising from
                                  (a) Except as specified in paragraph                    operating [owner’s or operator’s] under-
                                (d) of this section, the Director of the                  ground storage tank should be paid in the
                                implementing agency shall require the                     amount of $[llllll].
                                guarantor,    surety,    or    institution                [Signatures]
                                                                                            Owner or Operator
                                issuing a letter of credit to place the
                                                                                            Attorney for Owner or Operator
                                amount of funds stipulated by the Di-                       (Notary)
                                rector, up to the limit of funds pro-                       Date
                                vided by the financial assurance mech-                    [Signatures]
                                anism, into the standby trust if:                           Claimant(s)
                                  (1)(i) The owner or operator fails to                     Attorney(s) for Claimant(s)
                                establish alternate financial assurance                     (Notary)
                                                                                            Date
                                within 60 days after receiving notice of
                                                                                          or (ii) A valid final court order establishing
                                cancellation of the guarantee, surety                     a judgment against the owner or operator for
                                bond, letter of credit, or, as applicable,                bodily injury or property damage caused by
                                other financial assurance mechanism;                      an accidental release from an underground
                                and                                                       storage tank covered by financial assurance

                                                                                     520



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00530   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8003   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.114
                                under this subpart and the Director deter-                   (b) Within 10 days after commence-
                                mines that the owner or operator has not                  ment of a voluntary or involuntary
                                satisfied the judgment.                                   proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-
                                  (c) If the Director of the imple-                       ruptcy), U.S. Code, naming a guarantor
                                menting agency determines that the                        providing financial assurance as debt-
                                amount of corrective action costs and                     or, such guarantor must notify the
                                third-party liability claims eligible for                 owner or operator by certified mail of
                                payment under paragraph (b) of this                       such commencement as required under
                                section may exceed the balance of the                     the terms of the guarantee specified in
                                standby trust fund and the obligation                     § 280.96.
                                of the provider of financial assurance,                      (c) Within 10 days after commence-
                                the first priority for payment shall be                   ment of a voluntary or involuntary
                                corrective action costs necessary to                      proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-
                                protect human health and the environ-                     ruptcy), U.S. Code, naming a local gov-
                                ment. The Director shall pay third-                       ernment owner or operator as debtor,
                                party liability claims in the order in                    the local government owner or oper-
                                which the Director receives certifi-                      ator must notify the Director of the
                                cations under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this                 implementing agency by certified mail
                                section, and valid court orders under                     of such commencement and submit the
                                paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.                     appropriate forms listed in § 280.111(b)
                                                                                          documenting current financial respon-
                                  (d) A governmental entity acting as
                                                                                          sibility.
                                guarantor under § 280.106(e), the local
                                                                                             (d) Within 10 days after commence-
                                government guarantee without standby
                                                                                          ment of a voluntary or involuntary
                                trust, shall make payments as directed
                                                                                          proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-
                                by the Director under the cir-
                                                                                          ruptcy), U.S. Code, naming a guarantor
                                cumstances described in § 280.112 (a),
                                                                                          providing a local government financial
                                (b), and (c).
                                                                                          assurance as debtor, such guarantor
                                [58 FR 9052, Feb. 18, 1993]                               must notify the local government
                                                                                          owner or operator by certified mail of
                                § 280.113 Release          from     the   require-        such commencement as required under
                                    ments.                                                the terms of the guarantee specified in
                                  An owner or operator is no longer re-                   § 280.106.
                                quired to maintain financial responsi-                       (e) An owner or operator who obtains
                                bility under this subpart for an under-                   financial assurance by a mechanism
                                ground storage tank after the tank has                    other than the financial test of self-in-
                                been properly closed or, if corrective                    surance will be deemed to be without
                                action is required, after corrective ac-                  the required financial assurance in the
                                tion has been completed and the tank                      event of a bankruptcy or incapacity of
                                has been properly closed as required by                   its provider of financial assurance, or a
                                40 CFR part 280, subpart G.                               suspension or revocation of the author-
                                                                                          ity of the provider of financial assur-
                                [53 FR 43370, Oct. 26, 1988. Redesignated at 58           ance to issue a guarantee, insurance
                                FR 9051, Feb. 18, 1993]                                   policy, risk retention group coverage
                                                                                          policy, surety bond, letter of credit, or
                                § 280.114 Bankruptcy or other inca-                       state-required mechanism. The owner
                                    pacity of owner or operator or pro-                   or operator must obtain alternate fi-
                                    vider of financial assurance.
                                                                                          nancial assurance as specified in this
                                  (a) Within 10 days after commence-                      subpart within 30 days after receiving
                                ment of a voluntary or involuntary                        notice of such an event. If the owner or
                                proceeding under Title 11 (Bank-                          operator does not obtain alternate cov-
                                ruptcy), U.S. Code, naming an owner or                    erage within 30 days after such notifi-
                                operator as debtor, the owner or oper-                    cation, he must notify the Director of
                                ator must notify the Director of the                      the implementing agency.
                                implementing agency by certified mail                        (f) Within 30 days after receipt of no-
                                of such commencement and submit the                       tification that a state fund or other
                                appropriate forms listed in § 280.111(b)                  state assurance has become incapable
                                documenting current financial respon-                     of paying for assured corrective action
                                sibility.                                                 or third-party compensation costs, the

                                                                                     521



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00531   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.115                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                owner or operator must obtain alter-                        (2) Petroleum refining means the
                                nate financial assurance.                                 cracking, distillation, separation, con-
                                                                                          version, upgrading, and finishing of re-
                                [58 FR 9053, Feb. 18, 1993]
                                                                                          fined petroleum or petroleum products.
                                § 280.115 Replenishment of guarantees,                      (3) Petroleum marketing means the dis-
                                    letters of credit, or surety bonds.                   tribution, transfer, or sale of petro-
                                   (a) If at any time after a standby                     leum or petroleum products for whole-
                                trust is funded upon the instruction of                   sale or retail purposes.
                                the Director of the implementing agen-                      (c) Indicia of ownership means evi-
                                cy with funds drawn from a guarantee,                     dence of a secured interest, evidence of
                                local government guarantee with                           an interest in a security interest, or
                                standby trust, letter of credit, or sur-                  evidence of an interest in real or per-
                                ety bond, and the amount in the stand-                    sonal property securing a loan or other
                                by trust is reduced below the full                        obligation, including any legal or equi-
                                amount of coverage required, the                          table title or deed to real or personal
                                owner or operator shall by the anniver-                   property acquired through or incident
                                sary date of the financial mechanism                      to foreclosure. Evidence of such inter-
                                from which the funds were drawn:                          ests include, but are not limited to,
                                   (1) Replenish the value of financial                   mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, surety
                                assurance to equal the full amount of                     bonds and guarantees of obligations,
                                coverage required, or                                     title held pursuant to a lease financing
                                   (2) Acquire another financial assur-                   transaction in which the lessor does
                                ance mechanism for the amount by                          not select initially the leased property
                                which funds in the standby trust have                     (hereinafter ‘‘lease financing trans-
                                been reduced.                                             action’’), and legal or equitable title
                                   (b) For purposes of this section, the                  obtained pursuant to foreclosure. Evi-
                                full amount of coverage required is the                   dence of such interests also includes
                                amount of coverage to be provided by                      assignments, pledges, or other rights to
                                § 280.93 of this subpart. If a combination                or other forms of encumbrance against
                                of mechanisms was used to provide the                     property that are held primarily to
                                assurance funds which were drawn                          protect a security interest. A person is
                                upon, replenishment shall occur by the                    not required to hold title or a security
                                earliest anniversary date among the                       interest in order to maintain indicia of
                                mechanisms.                                               ownership.
                                [58 FR 9053, Feb. 18, 1993]                                 (d) A holder is a person who, upon the
                                                                                          effective date of this regulation or in
                                § 280.116 Suspension of enforcement.                      the future, maintains indicia of owner-
                                    [Reserved]                                            ship (as defined in § 280.200(c)) pri-
                                                                                          marily to protect a security interest
                                      Subpart I—Lender Liability                          (as defined in § 280.200(f)(1)) in a petro-
                                                                                          leum UST or UST system or facility or
                                  SOURCE: 60 FR 46711, Sept. 7, 1995, unless              property on which a petroleum UST or
                                otherwise noted.                                          UST system is located. A holder in-
                                                                                          cludes the initial holder (such as a loan
                                § 280.200     Definitions.                                originator); any subsequent holder
                                  (a) UST technical standards, as used in                 (such as a successor-in-interest or sub-
                                this subpart, refers to the UST pre-                      sequent purchaser of the security in-
                                ventative and operating requirements                      terest on the secondary market); a
                                under 40 CFR part 280, subparts B, C, D,                  guarantor of an obligation, surety, or
                                G, and § 280.50 of subpart E.                             any other person who holds ownership
                                  (b) Petroleum production, refining, and                 indicia primarily to protect a security
                                marketing.                                                interest; or a receiver or other person
                                  (1) Petroleum production means the                      who acts on behalf or for the benefit of
                                production of crude oil or other forms                    a holder.
                                of petroleum (as defined in § 280.12) as                    (e) A borrower, debtor, or obligor is a
                                well as the production of petroleum                       person whose UST or UST system or
                                products from purchased materials.                        facility or property on which the UST

                                                                                     522



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00532   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.210

                                or UST system is located is encum-                          (a) Actions that are participation in
                                bered by a security interest. These                       management.
                                terms may be used interchangeably.                          (1) Participation in the management
                                  (f) Primarily to protect a security inter-              of an UST or UST system means, for
                                est means that the holder’s indicia of                    purposes of this subpart, actual partici-
                                ownership are held primarily for the                      pation by the holder in the manage-
                                purpose of securing payment or per-                       ment or control of decisionmaking re-
                                formance of an obligation.                                lated to the operation of an UST or
                                  (1) Security interest means an interest                 UST system. Participation in manage-
                                in a petroleum UST or UST system or                       ment does not include the mere capac-
                                in the facility or property on which a                    ity or ability to influence or the
                                petroleum UST or UST system is lo-                        unexercised right to control UST or
                                cated, created or established for the                     UST system operations. A holder is
                                purpose of securing a loan or other ob-                   participating in the management of the
                                ligation. Security interests include but                  UST or UST system only if the holder
                                are not limited to mortgages, deeds of                    either:
                                trusts, liens, and title pursuant to                        (i) Exercises decisionmaking control
                                lease financing transactions. Security                    over the operational (as opposed to fi-
                                interests may also arise from trans-                      nancial or administrative) aspects of
                                actions such as sale and leasebacks,                      the UST or UST system, such that the
                                conditional sales, installment sales,                     holder has undertaken responsibility
                                trust receipt transactions, certain as-                   for all or substantially all of the man-
                                signments, factoring agreements, ac-                      agement of the UST or UST system; or
                                counts receivable financing arrange-                        (ii) Exercises control at a level com-
                                ments, and consignments, if the trans-                    parable to that of a manager of the
                                action creates or establishes an inter-                   borrower’s enterprise, such that the
                                est in an UST or UST system or in the                     holder has assumed or manifested re-
                                                                                          sponsibility for the overall manage-
                                facility or property on which the UST
                                                                                          ment of the enterprise encompassing
                                or UST system is located, for the pur-
                                                                                          the day-to-day decisionmaking of the
                                pose of securing a loan or other obliga-
                                                                                          enterprise with respect to all, or sub-
                                tion.
                                                                                          stantially all, of the operational (as op-
                                  (2) Primarily to protect a security inter-              posed to financial or administrative)
                                est, as used in this subpart, does not in-                aspects of the enterprise.
                                clude indicia of ownership held pri-                        (2) Operational aspects of the enter-
                                marily for investment purposes, nor                       prise relate to the use, storage, filling,
                                ownership indicia held primarily for                      or dispensing of petroleum contained in
                                purposes other than as protection for a                   an UST or UST system, and include
                                security interest. A holder may have                      functions such as that of a facility or
                                other, secondary reasons for maintain-                    plant manager, operations manager,
                                ing indicia of ownership, but the pri-                    chief operating officer, or chief execu-
                                mary reason why any ownership indi-                       tive officer. Financial or administra-
                                cia are held must be as protection for a                  tive aspects include functions such as
                                security interest.                                        that of a credit manager, accounts pay-
                                  (g) Operation means, for purposes of                    able/receivable     manager,    personnel
                                this subpart, the use, storage, filling,                  manager, controller, chief financial of-
                                or dispensing of petroleum contained in                   ficer, or similar functions. Operational
                                an UST or UST system.                                     aspects of the enterprise do not include
                                                                                          the financial or administrative aspects
                                § 280.210 Participation             in    manage-         of the enterprise, or actions associated
                                    ment.                                                 with environmental compliance, or ac-
                                  The term ‘‘participating in the man-                    tions undertaken voluntarily to pro-
                                agement of an UST or UST system’’                         tect the environment in accordance
                                means that, subsequent to the effective                   with applicable requirements in 40 CFR
                                date of this subpart, December 6, 1995,                   part 280 or applicable state require-
                                the holder is engaging in decision-                       ments in those states that have been
                                making control of, or activities related                  delegated authority by EPA to admin-
                                to, operation of the UST or UST sys-                      ister the UST program pursuant to 42
                                tem, as defined herein.                                   USC 6991c and 40 CFR part 281.

                                                                                     523



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00533   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.210                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                  (b) Actions that are not participation                  tem during the term of the security in-
                                in management pre-foreclosure.                            terest; requiring the borrower to com-
                                  (1) Actions at the inception of the                     ply or come into compliance with ap-
                                loan or other transaction. No act or                      plicable federal, state, and local envi-
                                omission prior to the time that indicia                   ronmental and other laws, rules, and
                                of ownership are held primarily to pro-                   regulations during the term of the se-
                                tect a security interest constitutes evi-                 curity interest; securing or exercising
                                dence of participation in management                      authority to monitor or inspect the
                                within the meaning of this subpart. A                     UST or UST system or facility or prop-
                                prospective holder who undertakes or                      erty on which the UST or UST system
                                requires an environmental investiga-                      is located (including on-site inspec-
                                tion (which could include a site assess-                  tions) in which indicia of ownership are
                                ment, inspection, and/or audit) of the                    maintained, or the borrower’s business
                                UST or UST system or facility or prop-                    or financial condition during the term
                                erty on which the UST or UST system                       of the security interest; or taking
                                is located (in which indicia of owner-                    other actions to adequately police the
                                ship are to be held), or requires a pro-                  loan or security interest (such as re-
                                spective borrower to clean up contami-                    quiring a borrower to comply with any
                                nation from the UST or UST system or                      warranties, covenants, conditions, rep-
                                to comply or come into compliance                         resentations, or promises from the bor-
                                (whether prior or subsequent to the                       rower).
                                time that indicia of ownership are held                      (B) Policing activities also include
                                primarily to protect a security inter-                    undertaking by the holder of UST envi-
                                est) with any applicable law or regula-                   ronmental compliance actions and vol-
                                tion, is not by such action considered                    untary environmental actions taken in
                                to be participating in the management                     compliance with 40 CFR part 280, pro-
                                of the UST or UST system or facility                      vided that the holder does not other-
                                or property on which the UST or UST                       wise participate in the management or
                                system is located.                                        daily operation of the UST or UST sys-
                                  (2) Loan policing and work out. Ac-                     tem as provided in § 280.210(a) and
                                tions that are consistent with holding                    § 280.230. Such allowable actions in-
                                ownership indicia primarily to protect                    clude, but are not limited to, release
                                a security interest do not constitute                     detection and release reporting, release
                                participation in management for pur-                      response and corrective action, tem-
                                poses of this subpart. The authority for                  porary or permanent closure of an UST
                                the holder to take such actions may,                      or UST system, UST upgrading or re-
                                but need not, be contained in contrac-                    placement, and maintenance of corro-
                                tual or other documents specifying re-                    sion protection. A holder who under-
                                quirements for financial, environ-                        takes these actions must do so in com-
                                mental, and other warranties, cov-                        pliance with the applicable require-
                                enants, conditions, representations or                    ments in 40 CFR part 280 or applicable
                                promises from the borrower. Loan po-                      state requirements in those states that
                                licing and work out activities cover                      have been delegated authority by EPA
                                and include all such activities up to                     to administer the UST program pursu-
                                foreclosure, exclusive of any activities                  ant to 42 U.S.C. 6991c and 40 CFR part
                                that constitute participation in man-                     281. A holder may directly oversee
                                agement.                                                  these environmental compliance ac-
                                  (i) Policing the security interest or                   tions and voluntary environmental ac-
                                loan.                                                     tions, and directly hire contractors to
                                  (A) A holder who engages in policing                    perform the work, and is not by such
                                activities prior to foreclosure will re-                  action considered to be participating in
                                main within the exemption provided                        the management of the UST or UST
                                that the holder does not together with                    system.
                                other actions participate in the man-                        (ii) Loan work out. A holder who en-
                                agement of the UST or UST system as                       gages in work out activities prior to
                                provided in § 280.210(a). Such policing                   foreclosure will remain within the ex-
                                actions include, but are not limited to,                  emption provided that the holder does
                                requiring the borrower to clean up con-                   not together with other actions par-
                                tamination from the UST or UST sys-                       ticipate in the management of the UST

                                                                                     524



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00534   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.210

                                or UST system as provided in                              tution of the lessee), or otherwise di-
                                § 280.210(a). For purposes of this rule,                  vest itself of the UST or UST system or
                                ‘‘work out’’ refers to those actions by                   facility or property on which the UST
                                which a holder, at any time prior to                      or UST system is located, in a reason-
                                foreclosure, seeks to prevent, cure, or                   ably expeditious manner, using what-
                                mitigate a default by the borrower or                     ever commercially reasonable means
                                obligor; or to preserve, or prevent the                   are relevant or appropriate with re-
                                diminution of, the value of the secu-                     spect to the UST or UST system or fa-
                                rity. Work out activities include, but                    cility or property on which the UST or
                                are not limited to, restructuring or re-                  UST system is located, taking all facts
                                negotiating the terms of the security                     and circumstances into consideration,
                                interest; requiring payment of addi-                      and provided that the holder does not
                                tional rent or interest; exercising for-                  participate in management (as defined
                                bearance; requiring or exercising rights                  in § 280.210(a)) prior to or after fore-
                                pursuant to an assignment of accounts                     closure.
                                or other amounts owing to an obligor;                        (ii) For purposes of establishing that
                                requiring or exercising rights pursuant                   a holder is seeking to sell, re-lease pur-
                                to an escrow agreement pertaining to                      suant to a lease financing transaction
                                amounts owing to an obligor; providing
                                                                                          (whether by a new lease financing
                                specific or general financial or other
                                                                                          transaction or substitution of the les-
                                advice, suggestions, counseling, or
                                                                                          see), or divest in a reasonably expedi-
                                guidance; and exercising any right or
                                                                                          tious manner an UST or UST system or
                                remedy the holder is entitled to by law
                                                                                          facility or property on which the UST
                                or under any warranties, covenants,
                                                                                          or UST system is located, the holder
                                conditions, representations, or prom-
                                                                                          may use whatever commercially rea-
                                ises from the borrower.
                                   (c) Foreclosure on an UST or UST                       sonable means as are relevant or appro-
                                system or facility or property on which                   priate with respect to the UST or UST
                                an UST or UST system is located, and                      system or facility or property on which
                                participation in management activities                    the UST or UST system is located, or
                                post-foreclosure.                                         may employ the means specified in
                                   (1) Foreclosure. (i) Indicia of owner-                 § 280.210(c)(2). A holder that outbids, re-
                                ship that are held primarily to protect                   jects, or fails to act upon a written
                                a security interest include legal or eq-                  bona fide, firm offer of fair consider-
                                uitable title or deed to real or personal                 ation for the UST or UST system or fa-
                                property acquired through or incident                     cility or property on which the UST or
                                to foreclosure. For purposes of this                      UST system is located, as provided in
                                subpart, the term ‘‘foreclosure’’ means                   § 280.210(c)(2), is not considered to hold
                                that legal, marketable or equitable                       indicia of ownership primarily to pro-
                                title or deed has been issued, approved,                  tect a security interest.
                                and recorded, and that the holder has                        (2) Holding foreclosed property for
                                obtained access to the UST, UST sys-                      disposition and liquidation. A holder,
                                tem, UST facility, and property on                        who does not participate in manage-
                                which the UST or UST system is lo-                        ment prior to or after foreclosure, may
                                cated, provided that the holder acted                     sell, re-lease, pursuant to a lease fi-
                                diligently to acquire marketable title                    nancing transaction (whether by a new
                                or deed and to gain access to the UST,                    lease financing transaction or substi-
                                UST system, UST facility, and prop-                       tution of the lessee), an UST or UST
                                erty on which the UST or UST system                       system or facility or property on which
                                is located. The indicia of ownership                      the UST or UST system is located, liq-
                                held after foreclosure continue to be                     uidate, wind up operations, and take
                                maintained primarily as protection for                    measures, prior to sale or other dis-
                                a security interest provided that the                     position, to preserve, protect, or pre-
                                holder undertakes to sell, re-lease an                    pare the secured UST or UST system or
                                UST or UST system or facility or prop-                    facility or property on which the UST
                                erty on which the UST or UST system                       or UST system is located. A holder
                                is located, held pursuant to a lease fi-                  may also arrange for an existing or
                                nancing transaction (whether by a new                     new operator to continue or initiate
                                lease financing transaction or substi-                    operation of the UST or UST system.

                                                                                     525



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00535   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.210                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                The holder may conduct these activi-                      the facility or property on which the
                                ties without voiding the security inter-                  UST or UST system is located, estab-
                                est exemption, subject to the require-                    lishes by such outbidding, rejection, or
                                ments of this subpart.                                    failure to act, that the ownership indi-
                                  (i) A holder establishes that the own-                  cia in the secured UST or UST system
                                ership indicia maintained after fore-                     or facility or property on which the
                                closure continue to be held primarily                     UST or UST system is located are not
                                to protect a security interest by, with-                  held primarily to protect the security
                                in 12 months following foreclosure, list-                 interest, unless the holder is required,
                                ing the UST or UST system or the fa-                      in order to avoid liability under federal
                                cility or property on which the UST or                    or state law, to make a higher bid, to
                                UST system is located, with a broker,                     obtain a higher offer, or to seek or ob-
                                dealer, or agent who deals with the                       tain an offer in a different manner.
                                type of property in question, or by ad-                     (A) Fair consideration, in the case of
                                vertising the UST or UST system or fa-                    a holder maintaining indicia of owner-
                                cility or property on which the UST or                    ship primarily to protect a senior secu-
                                UST system is located, as being for                       rity interest in the UST or UST system
                                sale or disposition on at least a month-                  or facility or property on which the
                                ly basis in either a real estate publica-                 UST or UST system is located, is the
                                tion or a trade or other publication                      value of the security interest as de-
                                suitable for the UST or UST system or                     fined in this section. The value of the
                                facility or property on which the UST                     security interest includes all debt and
                                or UST system is located, or a news-                      costs incurred by the security interest
                                paper of general circulation (defined as                  holder, and is calculated as an amount
                                one with a circulation over 10,000, or                    equal to or in excess of the sum of the
                                one suitable under any applicable fed-                    outstanding principal (or comparable
                                eral, state, or local rules of court for                  amount in the case of a lease that con-
                                publication required by court order or                    stitutes a security interest) owed to
                                rules of civil procedure) covering the                    the holder immediately preceding the
                                location of the UST or UST system or                      acquisition of full title (or possession
                                facility or property on which the UST                     in the case of a lease financing trans-
                                or UST system is located. For purposes                    action) pursuant to foreclosure, plus
                                of this provision, the 12-month period                    any unpaid interest, rent, or penalties
                                begins to run from December 6, 1995 or                    (whether arising before or after fore-
                                from the date that the marketable title                   closure). The value of the security in-
                                or deed has been issued, approved and                     terest also includes all reasonable and
                                recorded, and the holder has obtained                     necessary costs, fees, or other charges
                                access to the UST, UST system, UST                        incurred by the holder incident to work
                                facility and property on which the UST                    out, foreclosure, retention, preserving,
                                or UST system is located, whichever is                    protecting, and preparing, prior to sale,
                                later, provided that the holder acted                     the UST or UST system or facility or
                                diligently to acquire marketable title                    property on which the UST or UST sys-
                                or deed and to obtain access to the                       tem is located, re-lease, pursuant to a
                                UST, UST system, UST facility and                         lease financing transaction (whether
                                property on which the UST or UST sys-                     by a new lease financing transaction or
                                tem is located. If the holder fails to act                substitution of the lessee), of an UST
                                diligently to acquire marketable title                    or UST system or facility or property
                                or deed or to gain access to the UST or                   on which the UST or UST system is lo-
                                UST system, the 12-month period be-                       cated, or other disposition. The value
                                gins to run from December 6, 1995 or                      of the security interest also includes
                                from the date on which the holder first                   environmental      investigation    costs
                                acquires either title to or possession of                 (which could include a site assessment,
                                the secured UST or UST system, or fa-                     inspection, and/or audit of the UST or
                                cility or property on which the UST or                    UST system or facility or property on
                                UST system is located, whichever is                       which the UST or UST system is lo-
                                later.                                                    cated), and corrective action costs in-
                                  (ii) A holder that outbids, rejects, or                 curred under §§ 280.51 through 280.67 or
                                fails to act upon an offer of fair consid-                any other costs incurred as a result of
                                eration for the UST or UST system or                      reasonable efforts to comply with any

                                                                                     526



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00536   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.220

                                other applicable federal, state or local                  possession of the secured UST or UST
                                law or regulation; less any amounts re-                   system, or facility or property on
                                ceived by the holder in connection with                   which the UST or UST system is lo-
                                any partial disposition of the property                   cated, whichever is later.
                                and any amounts paid by the borrower                         (3) Actions that are not participation
                                (if not already applied to the bor-                       in management post-foreclosure. A
                                rower’s obligations) subsequent to the                    holder is not considered to be partici-
                                acquisition of full title (or possession                  pating in the management of an UST
                                in the case of a lease financing trans-                   or UST system or facility or property
                                action) pursuant to foreclosure. In the                   on which the UST or UST system is lo-
                                case of a holder maintaining indicia of                   cated when undertaking actions under
                                ownership primarily to protect a junior                   40 CFR part 280, provided that the hold-
                                security interest, fair consideration is                  er does not otherwise participate in the
                                the value of all outstanding higher pri-                  management or daily operation of the
                                ority security interests plus the value                   UST or UST system as provided in
                                of the security interest held by the jun-                 § 280.210(a) and § 280.230. Such allowable
                                ior holder, each calculated as set forth                  actions include, but are not limited to,
                                in this paragraph.                                        release detection and release reporting,
                                   (B) Outbids, rejects, or fails to act                  release response and corrective action,
                                upon an offer of fair consideration                       temporary or permanent closure of an
                                means that the holder outbids, rejects,                   UST or UST system, UST upgrading or
                                or fails to act upon within 90 days of                    replacement, and maintenance of cor-
                                receipt, a written, bona fide, firm offer                 rosion protection. A holder who under-
                                of fair consideration for the UST or                      takes these actions must do so in com-
                                UST system or facility or property on                     pliance with the applicable require-
                                which the UST or UST system is lo-                        ments in 40 CFR part 280 or applicable
                                cated received at any time after six                      state requirements in those states that
                                months following foreclosure, as de-                      have been delegated authority by EPA
                                fined in § 280.210(c). A ‘‘written, bona                  to administer the UST program pursu-
                                fide, firm offer’’ means a legally en-                    ant to 42 U.S.C. 6991c and 40 CFR part
                                forceable, commercially reasonable,                       281. A holder may directly oversee
                                cash offer solely for the foreclosed UST                  these environmental compliance ac-
                                or UST system or facility or property                     tions and voluntary environmental ac-
                                on which the UST or UST system is lo-                     tions, and directly hire contractors to
                                cated, including all material terms of                    perform the work, and is not by such
                                the transaction, from a ready, willing,                   action considered to be participating in
                                and able purchaser who demonstrates                       the management of the UST or UST
                                to the holder’s satisfaction the ability                  system.
                                to perform. For purposes of this provi-                   § 280.220 Ownership of an under-
                                sion, the six-month period begins to                           ground storage tank or under-
                                run from December 6, 1995 or from the                          ground storage tank system or facil-
                                date that marketable title or deed has                         ity or property on which an under-
                                been issued, approved and recorded to                          ground storage tank or under-
                                the holder, and the holder has obtained                        ground storage tank system is lo-
                                access to the UST, UST system, UST                             cated.
                                facility and property on which the UST                       Ownership of an UST or UST system
                                or UST system is located, whichever is                    or facility or property on which an
                                later, provided that the holder was act-                  UST or UST system is located. A hold-
                                ing diligently to acquire marketable                      er is not an ‘‘owner’’ of a petroleum
                                title or deed and to obtain access to                     UST or UST system or facility or prop-
                                the UST or UST system, UST facility                       erty on which a petroleum UST or UST
                                and property on which the UST or UST                      system is located for purposes of com-
                                system is located. If the holder fails to                 pliance with the UST technical stand-
                                act diligently to acquire marketable                      ards as defined in § 280.200(a), the UST
                                title or deed or to gain access to the                    corrective action requirements under
                                UST or UST system, the six-month pe-                      §§ 280.51 through 280.67, and the UST fi-
                                riod begins to run from December 6,                       nancial responsibility requirements
                                1995 or from the date on which the                        under §§ 280.90 through 280.111, provided
                                holder first acquires either title to or                  the person:

                                                                                     527



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00537   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                § 280.230                                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                  (a) Does not participate in the man-                       (i) Empties all of its known USTs and
                                agement of the UST or UST system as                       UST systems within 60 calendar days
                                defined in § 280.210; and                                 after foreclosure or within 60 calendar
                                  (b) Does not engage in petroleum pro-                   days after December 6, 1995, whichever
                                duction, refining, and marketing as de-                   is later, or another reasonable time pe-
                                fined in § 280.200(b).                                    riod specified by the implementing
                                                                                          agency, so that no more than 2.5 centi-
                                § 280.230 Operating an underground                        meters (one inch) of residue, or 0.3 per-
                                    storage tank or underground stor-                     cent by weight of the total capacity of
                                    age tank system.                                      the UST system, remains in the sys-
                                   (a) Operating an UST or UST system                     tem; leaves vent lines open and func-
                                prior to foreclosure. A holder, prior to                  tioning; and caps and secures all other
                                foreclosure, as defined in § 280.210(c), is               lines, pumps, manways, and ancillary
                                not an ‘‘operator’’ of a petroleum UST                    equipment; and
                                or UST system for purposes of compli-                        (ii) Empties those USTs and UST sys-
                                ance with the UST technical standards                     tems that are discovered after fore-
                                as defined in § 280.200(a), the UST cor-                  closure within 60 calendar days after
                                rective action requirements under                         discovery or within 60 calendar days
                                §§ 280.51 through 280.67, and the UST fi-                 after December 6, 1995, whichever is
                                nancial responsibility requirements                       later, or another reasonable time pe-
                                under §§ 280.90 through 280.111, provided                 riod specified by the implementing
                                that, after December 6, 1995, the holder                  agency, so that no more than 2.5 centi-
                                is not in control of or does not have re-                 meters (one inch) of residue, or 0.3 per-
                                sponsibility for the daily operation of                   cent by weight of the total capacity of
                                the UST or UST system.                                    the UST system, remains in the sys-
                                   (b) Operating an UST or UST system                     tem; leaves vent lines open and func-
                                after foreclosure. The following provi-                   tioning; and caps and secures all other
                                sions apply to a holder who, through                      lines, pumps, manways, and ancillary
                                foreclosure, as defined in § 280.210(c),                  equipment.
                                acquires a petroleum UST or UST sys-                         (3) If another operator does not exist,
                                tem or facility or property on which a                    as provided for under paragraph (b)(1)
                                petroleum UST or UST system is lo-                        of this section, in addition to satis-
                                cated.                                                    fying the conditions under paragraph
                                   (1) A holder is not an ‘‘operator’’ of a               (b)(2) of this section, the holder must
                                petroleum UST or UST system for pur-                      either:
                                poses of compliance with 40 CFR part                         (i) Permanently close the UST or
                                280 if there is an operator, other than                   UST system in accordance with §§ 280.71
                                the holder, who is in control of or has                   through 280.74, except § 280.72(b); or
                                responsibility for the daily operation of                    (ii) Temporarily close the UST or
                                the UST or UST system, and who can                        UST system in accordance with the fol-
                                be held responsible for compliance with                   lowing applicable provisions of § 280.70:
                                applicable requirements of 40 CFR part                       (A) Continue operation and mainte-
                                280 or applicable state requirements in                   nance of corrosion protection in ac-
                                those states that have been delegated                     cordance with § 280.31;
                                authority by EPA to administer the                           (B) Report suspected releases to the
                                UST program pursuant to 42 U.S.C.                         implementing agency; and
                                6991c and 40 CFR part 281.                                   (C) Conduct a site assessment in ac-
                                   (2) If another operator does not exist,                cordance with § 280.72(a) if the UST sys-
                                as provided for under paragraph (b)(1)                    tem is temporarily closed for more
                                of this section, a holder is not an ‘‘op-                 than 12 months and the UST system
                                erator’’ of the UST or UST system, for                    does not meet either the performance
                                purposes of compliance with the UST                       standards in § 280.20 for new UST sys-
                                technical standards as defined in                         tems or the upgrading requirements in
                                § 280.200(a), the UST corrective action                   § 280.21, except that the spill and over-
                                requirements under §§ 280.51 through                      fill equipment requirements do not
                                280.67, and the UST financial responsi-                   have to be met. The holder must report
                                bility requirements under §§ 280.90                       any suspected releases to the imple-
                                through 280.111, provided that the hold-                  menting agency. For purposes of this
                                er:                                                       provision, the 12-month period begins

                                                                                     528



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00538   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                                 § 280.230

                                to run from December 6, 1995 or from                      title to the UST or UST system or fa-
                                the date on which the UST system is                       cility or property on which the UST or
                                emptied and secured under paragraph                       UST system is located, the purchaser
                                (b)(2) of this section, whichever is                      must decide whether to operate or
                                later.                                                    close the UST or UST system in ac-
                                  (4) The UST system can remain in                        cordance with applicable requirements
                                temporary closure until a subsequent                      in 40 CFR part 280 or applicable state
                                purchaser has acquired marketable                         requirements in those states that have
                                title to the UST or UST system or fa-
                                                                                          been delegated authority by EPA to ad-
                                cility or property on which the UST or
                                                                                          minister the UST program pursuant to
                                UST system is located. Once a subse-
                                                                                          42 U.S.C. 6991c and 40 CFR part 281.
                                quent purchaser acquires marketable




                                                                                     529



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00539   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8010   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Pt. 280, App. I                                                         40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)

                                APPENDIX I TO PART 280—NOTIFICATION FOR UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS (FORM)




                                                                                     530
                                                                                                                                        EC06NO91.024</GPH>




VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00540   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8006   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                            Pt. 280, App. I




                                                                                     531
                                                                                                                                             EC01AU92.048</GPH>




VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00541   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8006   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Pt. 280, App. II                                                        40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)




                                APPENDIX II TO PART 280—LIST OF                            gressman W.L. Dickinson Drive, Mont-
                                   AGENCIES DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE                          gomery, Alabama 36130, 205/271–7823
                                   NOTIFICATIONS                                          Alaska (EPA Form), Department of Environ-
                                                                                           mental Conservation, Box 0, Juneau, Alas-
                                Alabama (EPA Form), Alabama Department                     ka 99811–1800, 970/465–2653
                                 of Environmental Management, Ground
                                 Water Section/Water Division, 1751 Con-


                                                                                     532
                                                                                                                                        EC01AU92.049</GPH>




VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00542   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8002   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Environmental Protection Agency                                                            Pt. 280, App. II
                                American Samoa (EPA Form), Executive                      Indiana (EPA Form), Underground Storage
                                  Secretary, Environmental Quality Com-                     Tank Program, Office of Environmental
                                  mission, Office of the Governor, American                 Response, Indiana Department of Environ-
                                  Samoan Government, Pago Pago, Amer-                       mental Management, 105 South Meridian
                                  ican Samoa 96799; Attention: UST Notifica-                Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46225
                                  tion                                                    Iowa (State Form), UST Coordinator, Iowa
                                Arizona (EPA Form), Attention: UST Coordi-                  Department of Natural Resources, Henry
                                  nator, Arizona Department of Environ-                     A. Wallace Building, 900 East Grand, Des
                                  mental Quality, Environmental Health                      Moines, Iowa 50219, 512/281–8135
                                  Services, 2005 N. Central, Phoenix, Arizona             Kansas (EPA Form), Kansas Department of
                                  85004                                                     Health and Environment, Forbes Field,
                                Arkansas (EPA Form), Arkansas Depart-                       Building 740, Topeka, Kansas 66620, 913/296–
                                  ment of Pollution Control and Ecology,                    1594
                                  P.O. Box 9583, Little Rock, Arkansas 72219,             Kentucky (State Form), Department of Envi-
                                  501/562–7444                                              ronmental Protection, Hazardous Waste
                                California (State Form), Executive Director,                Branch, Fort Boone Plaza, Building #2, 18
                                  State Water Resources Control Board, P.O.                 Reilly Road, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601,
                                  Box 100, Sacramento, California 95801, 916/               501/564–6716
                                  445–1533                                                Louisiana (State Form), Secretary, Lou-
                                Co1orado (EPA Form), Section Chief, Colo-                   isiana Department of Environmental Qual-
                                  rado Department of Health, Waste Manage-                  ity, P.O. Box 44066, Baton Rouge, Louisiana
                                  ment Division, Underground Tank Pro-
                                                                                            70804, 501/342–1265
                                  gram, 4210 East 11th Avenue, Denver, Colo-
                                                                                          Maine (State Form), Attention: Underground
                                  rado 80220, 303/320–8333
                                                                                            Tanks Program, Bureau of Oil and Haz-
                                Connecticut (State Form), Hazardous Mate-
                                                                                            ardous Material Control, Department of
                                  rials Management Unit, Department of En-
                                                                                            Environmental Protection, State House—
                                  vironmental Protection, State Office
                                                                                            Station 17, Augusta, Maine 04333
                                  Building, 165 Capitol Avenue, Hartford,
                                  Connecticut 06106                                       Maryland (EPA Form), Science and Health
                                Delaware (State Form), Division of Air and                  Advisory Group, Office of Environmental
                                  Waste Management, Department of Nat-                      Programs, 201 West Preston Street, Balti-
                                  ural Resources and Environmental Con-                     more, Maryland 21201
                                  trol, P.O. Box 1401, 89 Kings Highway,                  Massachusetts (EPA Form), UST Registry,
                                  Dover, Delaware 19903, 302/726–5409                       Department of Public Safety, 1010 Com-
                                District of Columbia (EPA Form), Attention:                 monwealth Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts
                                  UST Notification Form, Department of                      02215, 617/566–4500
                                  Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, Pes-                   Michigan (EPA Form), Michigan Department
                                  ticides and Hazardous Waste Management                    of State Police, Fire Marshal Division,
                                  Branch, Room 114, 5010 Overlook Avenue                    General Office Building, 7150 Harris Drive,
                                  SW., Washington, DC 20032                                 Lansing, Michigan 48913
                                Florida (State Form), Florida Department of               Minnesota (State Form), Underground Stor-
                                  Environmental Regulation, Solid Waste                     age Tank Program, Division of Solid and
                                  Section, Twin Towers Office Building, 2600                Hazardous Wastes, Minnesota Pollution
                                  Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida                    Control Agency, 520 West Lafayette Road,
                                  32399, 904/487–4398                                       St. Paul, Minnesota 55155
                                Georgia (EPA Form), Georgia Department of                 Mississippi (State Form), Department of
                                  Natural Resources, Environmental Protec-                  Natural Resources, Bureau of Pollution
                                  tion Division, Underground Storage Tank                   Control, Underground Storage Tank Sec-
                                  Program, 3420 Norman Berry Drive, 7th                     tion, P.O. Box 10385, Jackson, Mississippi
                                  Floor, Hapeville, Georgia 30354, 404/656–7404             39209, 601/961–5171
                                Guam (State Form), Administrator, Guam                    Missouri (EPA Form), UST Coordinator, Mis-
                                  Environmental Protection Agency, P.O.                     souri Department of Natural Resources,
                                  Box 2999, Agana, Guam 96910, Overseas Op-                 P.O. Box 176, Jefferson City, Missouri 65102,
                                  erator (Commercial call 646–8863)                         314/751–7428
                                Hawaii (EPA Form), Administrator, Haz-                    Montana (EPA Form), Solid and Hazardous
                                  ardous Waste Program, 645 Halekauwila                     Waste Bureau, Department of Health and
                                  Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96813, 808/548–2270              Environmental Science, Cogswell Bldg.,
                                Idaho (EPA Form), Underground Storage                       Room B–201, Helena, Montana 59620
                                  Tank Coordinator, Water Quality Bureau,                 Nebraska (EPA Form), Nebraska State Fire
                                  Division of Environmental Quality, Idaho                  Marshal, P.O. Box 94677, Lincoln, Nebraska
                                  Department of Health and Welfare, 450 W.                  68509–4677, 402/471–9465
                                  State Street, Boise, Idaho 83720, 208/334–4251          Nevada (EPA Form), Attention: UST Coordi-
                                Illinois (EPA Form), Underground Storage                    nator, Division of Environmental Protec-
                                  Tank Coordinator, Division of Fire Preven-                tion, Department of Conservation and Nat-
                                  tion, Office of State Fire Marshal, 3150 Ex-              ural Resources, Capitol Complex 201 S. Fall
                                  ecutive Park Drive, Springfield, Illinois                 Street, Carson City, Nevada 89710, 800/992–
                                  62703–4599                                                0900, Ext. 4670, 702/885–4670

                                                                                     533



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00543   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8002   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166
                                Pt. 280, App. III                                                       40 CFR Ch. I (7–1–05 Edition)
                                New Hampshire (EPA Form), NH Dept. of                     South Dakota (EPA Form), Office of Water
                                 Environmental Services, Water Supply and                  Quality, Department of Water and Natural
                                 Pollution Control Division, Hazen Drive,                  Resources, Joe Foss Building, Pierre,
                                 P.O. Box 95, Concord, New Hampshire 03301,                South Dakota 57501,
                                 Attention: UST Registration                              Tennessee (EPA Form), Tennessee Depart-
                                New Jersey (State Form), Underground Stor-                 ment of Health and Environment, Division
                                 age Tank Coordinator, Department of En-
                                                                                           of Superfund Underground Storage Tank
                                 vironmental Protection, Division of Water
                                                                                           Section, 150 Ninth Avenue, North, Nash-
                                 Resources (CN–029), Trenton, New Jersey
                                 08625, 609/292–0424                                       ville, Tennessee 37219–5404, 615/741–0690
                                New Mexico (EPA Form), New Mexico Envi-                   Texas (EPA Form), Underground Storage
                                 ronmental Improvement Division, Ground-                   Tank Program, Texas Water Commission,
                                 water/Hazardous Waste Bureau, P.O. Box                    P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711
                                 968, Santa Fe, New Mexico 37504, 505/827–                Utah (EPA Form), Division of Envirormental
                                 2933                                                      Health, P.O. Box 45500, Salt Lake City,
                                New York (EPA Form), Bulk Storage Sec-                     Utah 84145–0500
                                 tion, Division of Water, Department of En-               Vermont (State Form), Underground Storage
                                 vironmental Conservation, 50 Wolf Road,                   Tank Program, Vermont AEC/Waste Man-
                                 Room 326, Albany, New York 12233–0001,                    agement Division, State Office Building,
                                 518/457–4351                                              Montpelier, Vermont 05602, 802/828–3395
                                North Carolina (EPA Form), Division of En-
                                                                                          Virginia (EPA Form), Virginia Water Con-
                                 vironmental Management, Ground-Water
                                 Operations Branch, Department of Natural                  trol Board, P.O. Box 11143, Richmond, Vir-
                                 Resources and Community Development,                      ginia 23230–1143, 804/257–6685
                                 P.O. Box 27687, Raleigh, North Carolina                  Virgin Islands (EPA Form), 205(J) Coordi-
                                 27611, 919/733–3221                                       nator, Division of Natural Resources Man-
                                North Dakota (State Form), Division of Haz-                agement, 14 F Building 111, Watergut
                                 ardous Management and Special Studies,                    Homes, Christianstead, St. Croix, Virgin
                                 North Dakota Department of Health, Box                    Islands 00820
                                 5520, Bismarck, North Dakota 58502–5520                  Washington (State Form), Underground
                                Northern Mariana Islands (EPA Form),                       Storage Tank Notification, Solid and Haz-
                                 Chief, Division of Environmental Quality,                 ardous Waste Program, Department of
                                 P.O. Box 1304, Commonwealth of Northern                   Ecology, M/S PV–11, Olympia, Washington
                                 Mariana Islands, Saipan, CM 96950, Cable                  98504–8711, 206/459–6316
                                 Address: Gov. NMI Saipan, Overseas Oper-
                                                                                          West Virginia (EPA Form), Attention: UST
                                 ator: 6984
                                                                                           Notification, Solid and Hazardous Waste,
                                Ohio (State Form), State Fire Marshal’s Of-
                                 fice, Department of Commerce, 8895 E.                     Ground Water Branch, West Virginia De-
                                 Main Street, Reynoldsburg, Ohio 43068,                    partment of Natural Resources, 1201
                                 State Hotline: 800/282–1927                               Greenbriar Street, Charleston, West Vir-
                                Oklahoma (EPA Form), Underground Stor-                     ginia 25311
                                 age Tank Program, Oklahoma Corporation                   Wisconsin (State Form), Bureau of Petro-
                                 Comm., Jim Thorpe Building, Oklahoma                      leum Inspection, P.O. Box 7969, Madison,
                                 City, Oklahoma 73105                                      Wisconsin 53707, 608/266–7605
                                Oregon (State Form), Underground Storage                  Wyoming (EPA Form), Water Quality Divi-
                                 Tank Program, Hazardous and Solid Waste                   sion, Department of Environmental Qual-
                                 Division, Department of Environmental                     ity, Herschler Building, 4th Floor West, 122
                                 Quality, 811 S.W. Sixth Avenue, Portland,                 West 25th Street, Cheyenne, Wyoming
                                 Oregon 98204, 503/229–5788                                82002, 307/777–7781.
                                Pennsylvania (EPA Form), PA Department
                                 of Environmental Resources, Bureau of                     APPENDIX III TO PART 280—STATEMENT
                                 Water Quality Management, Ground Water
                                                                                            FOR SHIPPING TICKETS AND INVOICES
                                 Unit, 9th Floor Fulton Building, P.O. Box
                                 2063, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120                       NOTE. A Federal law (the Resource Con-
                                Puerto Rico (EPA Form), Director, Water
                                                                                          servation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as
                                 Quality Control Area, Environmental
                                                                                          amended (Pub. L. 98–616)) requires owners of
                                 Quality Board, Commonwealth of Puerto
                                 Rico, Santurce, Puerto Rico, 809/725–0717                certain underground storage tanks to notify
                                Rhode Island (EPA Form), UST Registration,                designated State or local agencies by May 8,
                                 Department of Environmental Manage-                      1986, of the existence of their tanks. Notifica-
                                 ment, 83 Park Street, Providence, Rhode                  tions for tanks brought into use after May 8,
                                 Island 02903, 401/277–2234                               1986, must be made within 30 days. Consult
                                South Carolina (State Form), Ground-Water                 EPA’s regulations, issued on November 8,
                                 Protection Division, South Carolina De-                  1985 (40 CFR part 280) to determine if you are
                                 partment of Health and Environmental                     affected by this law.
                                 Control, 2600 Bull Street, Columbia, South
                                 Carolina 29201, 803/758–5213

                                                                                     534



VerDate Aug<04>2004   10:43 Aug 05, 2005   Jkt 205166   PO 00000   Frm 00544   Fmt 8010   Sfmt 8002   Y:\SGML\205166.XXX   205166

						
Related docs